<?xml version="1.0"?>
<feed xmlns="http://www.w3.org/2005/Atom" xml:lang="ko">
		<id>http://dh.aks.ac.kr/~classics/wiki/api.php?action=feedcontributions&amp;feedformat=atom&amp;user=Lyndsey</id>
		<title>classics - 사용자 기여 [ko]</title>
		<link rel="self" type="application/atom+xml" href="http://dh.aks.ac.kr/~classics/wiki/api.php?action=feedcontributions&amp;feedformat=atom&amp;user=Lyndsey"/>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://dh.aks.ac.kr/~classics/wiki/index.php/%ED%8A%B9%EC%88%98:%EA%B8%B0%EC%97%AC/Lyndsey"/>
		<updated>2026-04-22T21:50:56Z</updated>
		<subtitle>사용자 기여</subtitle>
		<generator>MediaWiki 1.27.4</generator>

	<entry>
		<id>http://dh.aks.ac.kr/~classics/wiki/index.php?title=2021-1_%EB%94%94%EC%A7%80%ED%84%B8_%EC%8B%9C%EB%8C%80%EC%9D%98_%EA%B3%A0%EC%A0%84_%EB%B2%88%EC%97%AD_I&amp;diff=5554</id>
		<title>2021-1 디지털 시대의 고전 번역 I</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://dh.aks.ac.kr/~classics/wiki/index.php?title=2021-1_%EB%94%94%EC%A7%80%ED%84%B8_%EC%8B%9C%EB%8C%80%EC%9D%98_%EA%B3%A0%EC%A0%84_%EB%B2%88%EC%97%AD_I&amp;diff=5554"/>
				<updated>2021-04-15T06:23:35Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Lyndsey: /* 수업 내용 */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&amp;lt;h1&amp;gt;디지털 시대의 고전 번역 I Translation of Classics in the Digital Environment I&amp;lt;/h1&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=='''강의 소개'''==&lt;br /&gt;
The purpose of this class is to learn the method and process to translate cultural heritage explanation texts in digital environments.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Korean cultural heritage is a research material that provides an in-depth look at Korean history and culture. It is also an effective educational textbook that can comprehensively convey knowledge of Korean studies to foreigners who want to know Korea.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The translation of cultural heritage information falls under the category of 'public translation' and shall take into account established terms and description protocols.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translating cultural heritage information into a foreign language has relied heavily on the ability of translators to individual languages. However, in order to properly deliver the knowledge and information to foreign readers, it is necessary to organize the contents into systematic data. Digital technology-based terminology management can help us maintain a consistent style and quality of cultural heritage translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===수업 시간===&lt;br /&gt;
* 목요일 15:20~17:50&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===강의실===&lt;br /&gt;
* 대면 강의실: 디지털 인문학 연구소 세미나실 (문형관 103호)&lt;br /&gt;
* 비대면 강의실: https://us02web.zoom.us/j/81118587083?pwd=M1ViYmZBQ2t5NEtwV1FlcXRqYmYwUT09&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=='''수업 내용'''==&lt;br /&gt;
{|class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;text-align:left&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
!style=&amp;quot;width:5%&amp;quot;| No.||style=&amp;quot;width:10%&amp;quot; |Date ||style=&amp;quot;width:60%&amp;quot;|Topics ||style=&amp;quot;width:25%&amp;quot;|References&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 1 || 2021.03.04. || &lt;br /&gt;
* Educational Purpose of this Class&lt;br /&gt;
* Introduction to Digital Humanities&lt;br /&gt;
|| &lt;br /&gt;
* [http://dh.aks.ac.kr/~khw/tutor/2021/20210304.pdf 수업소개]&lt;br /&gt;
* [http://digerati.aks.ac.kr/DhLab/2016/203/tutorial/ConvergenceOfDHnAR.pdf 디지털 인문학이란?]&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Digital_humanities What is Digital Humaniteis?]&lt;br /&gt;
* [http://dh.aks.ac.kr/~heritage/wiki/index.php/Cultural_Heritage_Wiki Cultural Heritage Wiki]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[디지털 시대의 고전 번역 I | 디지털 시대의 고전 번역(2018)]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 2 ||  2021.03.11. || &lt;br /&gt;
* Wiki Software as a Collaborative Translation Tool: Understanding Wiki Software&lt;br /&gt;
* Understanding  Wiki Syntax / Compilation of Wiki Documents&lt;br /&gt;
|| &lt;br /&gt;
* [https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Wiki_software What is Wiki Software?]&lt;br /&gt;
* [http://dh.aks.ac.kr/~khw/tutor/2021/20210311.pdf 위키란?]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[MediaWiki Syntax Guide]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [http://dh.aks.ac.kr/Edu/wiki/index.php/위키_콘텐츠_제작_방법 위키 콘텐츠 제작 방법]&lt;br /&gt;
* [http://dh.aks.ac.kr/Edu/wiki/index.php/위키_문서_제작_방법 위키 문서 제작 방법]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 3 || 2021.03.18. ||&lt;br /&gt;
* Introduction to Public Translation:  Vision and Challenges in Korean Public Translation&lt;br /&gt;
* A  New Paradigm of Public Translations: Communication and Collaboration in  Digital Environments&lt;br /&gt;
* Domestic and Foreign Cultural Heritage Translation Resources&lt;br /&gt;
|| &lt;br /&gt;
* [http://dh.aks.ac.kr/~khw/tutor/2021/20210318.pdf 공공번역]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 4 || 2021.03.25. || &lt;br /&gt;
* Introduction to Korean Cultural Heritage &lt;br /&gt;
* English Names for Korean Cultural Heritage&lt;br /&gt;
|| &lt;br /&gt;
*[http://dh.aks.ac.kr/~heritage/wiki/index.php/한국의_문화유산 한국의 문화유산]&lt;br /&gt;
*[http://dh.aks.ac.kr/~heritage/wiki/index.php/2019_문화재명칭_영문_표기 2019 문화재명칭 영문 표기]&lt;br /&gt;
**[http://dh.aks.ac.kr/~heritage/wiki/images/1/19/2019%EB%85%84_%EB%AC%B8%ED%99%94%EC%9E%AC%EB%AA%85%EC%B9%AD_%EC%98%81%EB%AC%B8_%ED%91%9C%EA%B8%B0_%EC%9A%A9%EB%A1%80%EC%A7%91.pdf 용례집 PDF]&lt;br /&gt;
*[http://dh.aks.ac.kr/~classics/wiki/images/d/df/%EB%AC%B8%ED%99%94%EC%9E%AC%EB%AA%85%EC%B9%AD-%EC%98%81%EB%AC%B8-%ED%91%9C%EA%B8%B0-%EA%B8%B0%EC%A4%80-%EA%B7%9C%EC%B9%99_20210325.pdf 2019년 문화재명칭 영문 표기 기준 규칙](린지)&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 5 || 2021.04.01. || &lt;br /&gt;
* Case Study: Cultural Heritage Information Board Maintenance Project 2019-2020&lt;br /&gt;
* Cultural Heritage Data Compilation Projects Performed by Center for Digital Humanities as AKS&lt;br /&gt;
|| &lt;br /&gt;
*[http://dh.aks.ac.kr/~khw/tutor/2021/20210401.pdf 문화유산 영문 해설문 편찬 연구]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 6 || 2021.04.08. || &lt;br /&gt;
* Visualization of Context: Understanding Data Visualization and Network Graphs&lt;br /&gt;
|| &lt;br /&gt;
*[http://dh.aks.ac.kr/~khw/tutor/2021/20210408.pdf 네트워크 그래프란?]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[GraphSample1.lst]] &lt;br /&gt;
*[[GraphSample2.lst]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Network Graph in Wiki]]&lt;br /&gt;
**[http://dh.aks.ac.kr/~workshop/tutorial/DHW_2019_05.pdf 2019년 디지털 인문학 교육 워크샵 교재]&lt;br /&gt;
**[http://dh.aks.ac.kr/~classics/wiki/images/8/89/Lst_template.xlsx lst_template.xlsx]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 7 || 2021.04.15. || &lt;br /&gt;
* Introduction to ''Cultural Heritage Wiki''&lt;br /&gt;
* Design of Collaborative Translation Scheme:  Design of Wiki Based Translation Process&lt;br /&gt;
* Case Study: Compilation of Cultural Heritage Wiki - English Translation of Cultural Heritage Information in Andong Area&lt;br /&gt;
|| &lt;br /&gt;
*[http://dh.aks.ac.kr/~heritage/wiki/index.php/Ontology 온톨로지]&lt;br /&gt;
* [http://dh.aks.ac.kr/~heritage/wiki/index.php/%EB%B2%88%EC%97%AD%EC%9E%90_%EA%B0%80%EC%9D%B4%EB%93%9C 번역자 가이드]&lt;br /&gt;
**연습 예시 : [http://dh.aks.ac.kr/~heritage/wiki/index.php/%EA%B9%80%EC%B2%9C_%EB%B0%A9%EC%B4%88%EC%A0%95 김천 방초정]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 8 || 2021.04.22. || &lt;br /&gt;
* Workshop: Compilation of Cultural Heritage Translation Text (1)&lt;br /&gt;
|| &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 9 || 2021.04.29. || &lt;br /&gt;
* Workshop: Compilation of Cultural Heritage Translation Text (2)&lt;br /&gt;
|| &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 10 || 2021.05.06. || &lt;br /&gt;
* Visualization of Context: Understanding Data Visualization and Network Graphs&lt;br /&gt;
|| &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 11 || 2021.05.13. || &lt;br /&gt;
* Workshop: Visualization of Cultural Context implied in Cultural Heritage Objects&lt;br /&gt;
|| &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 12 || 2021.05.20. || &lt;br /&gt;
* Database Compliation of Cultural Heritage Terms and English Translations&lt;br /&gt;
|| &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 13 || 2021.05.27. || &lt;br /&gt;
* Workshop: Database Compilation of Cultural Heritage Terms (1)&lt;br /&gt;
|| &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 14 || 2021.06.03. || &lt;br /&gt;
* Workshop: Database Compilation of Cultural Heritage Terms (2)&lt;br /&gt;
|| &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 15 || 2021.06.10. || &lt;br /&gt;
* Presentation of the Workshop Results (on Wiki Based Online Systems)&lt;br /&gt;
|| &lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=='''참여자'''==&lt;br /&gt;
===담당 교수===&lt;br /&gt;
* [[김현|김현(인문정보학)]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[신정수|신정수(고전번역학)]] - [[신정수 그래프.lst]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===조교===&lt;br /&gt;
* [[강혜원|강혜원(인문정보학 박사과정)]] - [[강혜원 그래프.lst]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[트와이닝 린지|트와이닝 린지(인문정보학 박사과정)]] - [[린지 그래프.lst]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===수강생===&lt;br /&gt;
*[[임정훈 | 임정훈 (철학 석사과정)]] - [[임정훈그래프.lst]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[송수찬 | 송수찬 (고전번역학 석사과정)]] - [[송수찬 그래프.lst]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[정송이 | 정송이 (인문정보학 석사과정)]] - [[정송이 그래프.lst]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[이효림 | 이효림 (인문정보학 석사과정)]] - [[이효림 그래프.lst]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[김희성 | 김희성 (국문학 박사과정)]] - [[김희성 그래프.lst]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[김은숙 | 김은숙 (인문정보학 박사과정)]] - [[김은숙그래프.lst]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[박려정 | 박려정 (인문정보학 박사과정)]] - [[박려정 그래프.lst]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===청강생===&lt;br /&gt;
*[[이고은 | 이고은 (한국문화학 박사)]] - [[이고은 그래프.lst]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[안이슬 | 안이슬 (국문학 박사과정)]] - [[안이슬 그래프.lst]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[사용자:LeeChangSub | 이창섭 (인문정보학 박사과정)]]&lt;br /&gt;
* 민원정 - [[민원정 그래프.lst]]&lt;br /&gt;
* 김윤진 - [[김윤진 그래프.lst]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=='''네트워크 그래프'''==&lt;br /&gt;
*[[2021-1 네트워크 그래프 연습]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=='''읽을거리'''==&lt;br /&gt;
* [http://dhlab.aks.ac.kr/~tutor/wiki/index.php/DH_Lecture_2021_Jan_28 김현, 「인문학 교육의 디지털 전환과 디지털 큐레이션」,  연세대학교 인문융합교육원 주최 학술워크숍, 2021. 1. 28.]&lt;br /&gt;
* [http://dh.aks.ac.kr/~tutor/Documents/PDF/2020/DigitalCuration.pdf 金炫, 「유교문화 디지털 아카이브를 위한 디지털 큐레이션 모델」, 세계유교문화박물관 디지털 아카이브 마스터플랜 연구, 2020. 3.]&lt;br /&gt;
* [http://dh.aks.ac.kr/Edu/wiki/index.php?title=디지털_인문학_교육의_현장_(김현_2018) 디지털 인문학 교육의 현장 (김현 2018, 『인문콘텐츠』 50, 인문콘텐츠학회)]&lt;br /&gt;
* [http://dh.aks.ac.kr/Edu/wiki/index.php/4차_산업혁명_시대의_인문학  金炫, 「4차 산업혁명 시대의 인문학」, 『전통문화』 42호, 2017. 5.]&lt;br /&gt;
* [http://digerati.aks.ac.kr/paper/fly2011/fly2011.htm 인문지식의 새로운 형식을 찾아서 .... &amp;quot;무엇이 나를 하늘에 오르게 했는가?&amp;quot; (김현 2012, 『인문정보학의 모색』, 북코리아. pp 815-829.)]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Lyndsey</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>http://dh.aks.ac.kr/~classics/wiki/index.php?title=%EB%A6%B0%EC%A7%80_%EA%B7%B8%EB%9E%98%ED%94%84.lst&amp;diff=5200</id>
		<title>린지 그래프.lst</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://dh.aks.ac.kr/~classics/wiki/index.php?title=%EB%A6%B0%EC%A7%80_%EA%B7%B8%EB%9E%98%ED%94%84.lst&amp;diff=5200"/>
				<updated>2021-04-08T08:08:35Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Lyndsey: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{{NetworkGraph | title=린지_그래프.lst}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
#Project&lt;br /&gt;
h1 Jinny and Lyndsey&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
#Class&lt;br /&gt;
Human black box&lt;br /&gt;
Cat blue circle&lt;br /&gt;
Food red square&lt;br /&gt;
Item green triangle&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
#Relation&lt;br /&gt;
likes likes arrow&lt;br /&gt;
hates hates arrow&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
#Nodes&lt;br /&gt;
Jinny Cat Jinny http://dh.aks.ac.kr/~classics/wiki/index.php/%ED%8C%8C%EC%9D%BC:%EC%A7%80%EB%8B%88.jpeg http://dh.aks.ac.kr/~classics/wiki/images/2/2b/%EC%A7%80%EB%8B%88.jpeg 2&lt;br /&gt;
Lyndsey Human Lyndsey null http://dh.aks.ac.kr/~heritage/wiki/images/c/cb/Lyndsey_twining_cdg.jpg 2&lt;br /&gt;
Chyuru Food Chyuru https://ko.wikipedia.org/wiki/%EC%B1%A0%EC%98%A4%EC%B8%84%EB%A5%B4 https://upload.wikimedia.org/wikipedia/commons/b/b5/%EC%B1%A0%EC%98%A4%EC%B8%84%EB%A5%B4_%EB%8B%AD%EA%B0%80%EC%8A%B4%EC%82%B4.jpg 2&lt;br /&gt;
Laser Item Laser https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Laser_pointer https://upload.wikimedia.org/wikipedia/commons/e/e7/Laser_Pointers.jpg 2&lt;br /&gt;
Vacuum Item Vacuum https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Vacuum_cleaner https://upload.wikimedia.org/wikipedia/commons/a/af/Vacuum_cleaner.jpg 2&lt;br /&gt;
Lettuce Food Lettuce https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Lettuce https://upload.wikimedia.org/wikipedia/commons/6/6b/Romaine_lettuce.jpg 2&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
#Links&lt;br /&gt;
Jinny Laser likes&lt;br /&gt;
Lyndsey Jinny likes&lt;br /&gt;
Jinny Lyndsey likes&lt;br /&gt;
Jinny Chyuru likes&lt;br /&gt;
Jinny Vacuum hates&lt;br /&gt;
Jinny Lettuce likes&lt;br /&gt;
Lyndsey Lettuce hates&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
#End&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[분류: Network Graph Script]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Lyndsey</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>http://dh.aks.ac.kr/~classics/wiki/index.php?title=%EB%A6%B0%EC%A7%80_%EA%B7%B8%EB%9E%98%ED%94%84.lst&amp;diff=5192</id>
		<title>린지 그래프.lst</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://dh.aks.ac.kr/~classics/wiki/index.php?title=%EB%A6%B0%EC%A7%80_%EA%B7%B8%EB%9E%98%ED%94%84.lst&amp;diff=5192"/>
				<updated>2021-04-08T08:07:13Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Lyndsey: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{{NetworkGraph | title=린지_그래프.lst}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
#Project&lt;br /&gt;
h1 Jinny and Lyndsey&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
#Class&lt;br /&gt;
Human black box&lt;br /&gt;
Cat blue circle&lt;br /&gt;
Food red square&lt;br /&gt;
Item green triangle&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
#Relation&lt;br /&gt;
likes likes arrow&lt;br /&gt;
hates hates arrow&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
#Nodes&lt;br /&gt;
Jinny Cat Jinny http://dh.aks.ac.kr/~classics/wiki/index.php/%ED%8C%8C%EC%9D%BC:%EC%A7%80%EB%8B%88.jpeg http://dh.aks.ac.kr/~classics/wiki/images/2/2b/%EC%A7%80%EB%8B%88.jpeg 2&lt;br /&gt;
Lyndsey Human Lyndsey null http://dh.aks.ac.kr/~heritage/wiki/images/c/cb/Lyndsey_twining_cdg.jpg 2&lt;br /&gt;
Chyuru Food Chyuru https://ko.wikipedia.org/wiki/%EC%B1%A0%EC%98%A4%EC%B8%84%EB%A5%B4 2 https://upload.wikimedia.org/wikipedia/commons/b/b5/%EC%B1%A0%EC%98%A4%EC%B8%84%EB%A5%B4_%EB%8B%AD%EA%B0%80%EC%8A%B4%EC%82%B4.jpg 2&lt;br /&gt;
Laser Item Laser https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Laser_pointer https://upload.wikimedia.org/wikipedia/commons/e/e7/Laser_Pointers.jpg 2&lt;br /&gt;
Vacuum Item Vacuum https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Vacuum_cleaner https://upload.wikimedia.org/wikipedia/commons/a/af/Vacuum_cleaner.jpg 2&lt;br /&gt;
Lettuce Food Lettuce https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Lettuce https://upload.wikimedia.org/wikipedia/commons/6/6b/Romaine_lettuce.jpg 2&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
#Links&lt;br /&gt;
Jinny Laser likes&lt;br /&gt;
Lyndsey Jinny likes&lt;br /&gt;
Jinny Lyndsey likes&lt;br /&gt;
Jinny Chyuru likes&lt;br /&gt;
Jinny Vacuum hates&lt;br /&gt;
Jinny Lettuce likes&lt;br /&gt;
Lyndsey Lettuce hates&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
#End&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[분류: Network Graph Script]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Lyndsey</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>http://dh.aks.ac.kr/~classics/wiki/index.php?title=%EB%A6%B0%EC%A7%80_%EA%B7%B8%EB%9E%98%ED%94%84.lst&amp;diff=5152</id>
		<title>린지 그래프.lst</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://dh.aks.ac.kr/~classics/wiki/index.php?title=%EB%A6%B0%EC%A7%80_%EA%B7%B8%EB%9E%98%ED%94%84.lst&amp;diff=5152"/>
				<updated>2021-04-08T07:54:07Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Lyndsey: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{{NetworkGraph | title=린지_그래프.lst}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
#Project&lt;br /&gt;
h1 Jinny and Lyndsey&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
#Class&lt;br /&gt;
Human black box&lt;br /&gt;
Cat blue circle&lt;br /&gt;
Food red square&lt;br /&gt;
Item green triangle&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
#Relation&lt;br /&gt;
likes likes arrow&lt;br /&gt;
hates hates arrow&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
#Nodes&lt;br /&gt;
Jinny Cat Jinny http://dh.aks.ac.kr/~classics/wiki/index.php/%ED%8C%8C%EC%9D%BC:%EC%A7%80%EB%8B%88.jpeg http://dh.aks.ac.kr/~classics/wiki/images/2/2b/%EC%A7%80%EB%8B%88.jpeg&lt;br /&gt;
Lyndsey Human Lyndsey null http://dh.aks.ac.kr/~heritage/wiki/images/c/cb/Lyndsey_twining_cdg.jpg&lt;br /&gt;
Chyuru Food Chyuru https://ko.wikipedia.org/wiki/%EC%B1%A0%EC%98%A4%EC%B8%84%EB%A5%B4 https://upload.wikimedia.org/wikipedia/commons/b/b5/%EC%B1%A0%EC%98%A4%EC%B8%84%EB%A5%B4_%EB%8B%AD%EA%B0%80%EC%8A%B4%EC%82%B4.jpg&lt;br /&gt;
Laser Item Laser https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Laser_pointer https://upload.wikimedia.org/wikipedia/commons/e/e7/Laser_Pointers.jpg&lt;br /&gt;
Vacuum Item Vacuum https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Vacuum_cleaner https://upload.wikimedia.org/wikipedia/commons/a/af/Vacuum_cleaner.jpg&lt;br /&gt;
Lettuce Food Lettuce https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Lettuce https://upload.wikimedia.org/wikipedia/commons/6/6b/Romaine_lettuce.jpg&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
#Links&lt;br /&gt;
Jinny Laser likes&lt;br /&gt;
Lyndsey Jinny likes&lt;br /&gt;
Jinny Lyndsey likes&lt;br /&gt;
Jinny Chyuru likes&lt;br /&gt;
Jinny Vacuum hates&lt;br /&gt;
Jinny Lettuce likes&lt;br /&gt;
Lyndsey Lettuce hates&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
#End&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[분류: Network Graph Script]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Lyndsey</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>http://dh.aks.ac.kr/~classics/wiki/index.php?title=%EB%A6%B0%EC%A7%80_%EA%B7%B8%EB%9E%98%ED%94%84.lst&amp;diff=5125</id>
		<title>린지 그래프.lst</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://dh.aks.ac.kr/~classics/wiki/index.php?title=%EB%A6%B0%EC%A7%80_%EA%B7%B8%EB%9E%98%ED%94%84.lst&amp;diff=5125"/>
				<updated>2021-04-08T07:47:48Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Lyndsey: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{{NetworkGraph | title=린지_그래프.lst}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
#Project&lt;br /&gt;
h1 Jinny and Lyndsey&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
#Class&lt;br /&gt;
Human black box&lt;br /&gt;
Cat blue circle&lt;br /&gt;
Food red square&lt;br /&gt;
Item green triangle&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
#Relation&lt;br /&gt;
likes likes arrow&lt;br /&gt;
hates hates arrow&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
#Nodes&lt;br /&gt;
Jinny Cat Jinny http://dh.aks.ac.kr/~classics/wiki/index.php/%ED%8C%8C%EC%9D%BC:%EC%A7%80%EB%8B%88.jpeg http://dh.aks.ac.kr/~classics/wiki/images/2/2b/%EC%A7%80%EB%8B%88.jpeg&lt;br /&gt;
Lyndsey Human Lyndsey null http://dh.aks.ac.kr/~heritage/wiki/images/c/cb/Lyndsey_twining_cdg.jpg&lt;br /&gt;
Churu Food Churu https://ko.wikipedia.org/wiki/%EC%B1%A0%EC%98%A4%EC%B8%84%EB%A5%B4 https://upload.wikimedia.org/wikipedia/commons/b/b5/%EC%B1%A0%EC%98%A4%EC%B8%84%EB%A5%B4_%EB%8B%AD%EA%B0%80%EC%8A%B4%EC%82%B4.jpg&lt;br /&gt;
Laser Item Laser https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Laser_pointer https://upload.wikimedia.org/wikipedia/commons/e/e7/Laser_Pointers.jpg&lt;br /&gt;
Vacuum Item Vacuum https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Vacuum_cleaner https://upload.wikimedia.org/wikipedia/commons/a/af/Vacuum_cleaner.jpg&lt;br /&gt;
Lettuce Food Lettuce https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Lettuce https://upload.wikimedia.org/wikipedia/commons/6/6b/Romaine_lettuce.jpg&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
#Links&lt;br /&gt;
Jinny Laser likes&lt;br /&gt;
Lyndsey Jinny likes&lt;br /&gt;
Jinny Lyndsey likes&lt;br /&gt;
Jinny Churu likes&lt;br /&gt;
Jinny Vacuum hates&lt;br /&gt;
Jinny Lettuce likes&lt;br /&gt;
Lyndsey Lettuce hates&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
#End&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[분류: Network Graph Script]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Lyndsey</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>http://dh.aks.ac.kr/~classics/wiki/index.php?title=%EB%A6%B0%EC%A7%80_%EA%B7%B8%EB%9E%98%ED%94%84.lst&amp;diff=5106</id>
		<title>린지 그래프.lst</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://dh.aks.ac.kr/~classics/wiki/index.php?title=%EB%A6%B0%EC%A7%80_%EA%B7%B8%EB%9E%98%ED%94%84.lst&amp;diff=5106"/>
				<updated>2021-04-08T07:44:41Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Lyndsey: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{{NetworkGraph | title=린지_그래프.lst}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
#Project&lt;br /&gt;
h1 Jinny and Lyndsey&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
#Class&lt;br /&gt;
Human black box&lt;br /&gt;
Cat blue circle&lt;br /&gt;
Food red square&lt;br /&gt;
Item green triangle&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
#Relation&lt;br /&gt;
likes likes arrow&lt;br /&gt;
hates hates arrow&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
#Nodes&lt;br /&gt;
Jinny Cat Jinny null http://dh.aks.ac.kr/~classics/wiki/images/2/2b/%EC%A7%80%EB%8B%88.jpeg&lt;br /&gt;
Lyndsey Human Lyndsey null http://dh.aks.ac.kr/~heritage/wiki/images/c/cb/Lyndsey_twining_cdg.jpg&lt;br /&gt;
Churu Food Churu https://ko.wikipedia.org/wiki/%EC%B1%A0%EC%98%A4%EC%B8%84%EB%A5%B4 https://upload.wikimedia.org/wikipedia/commons/b/b5/%EC%B1%A0%EC%98%A4%EC%B8%84%EB%A5%B4_%EB%8B%AD%EA%B0%80%EC%8A%B4%EC%82%B4.jpg&lt;br /&gt;
Laser Item Laser https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Laser_pointer https://upload.wikimedia.org/wikipedia/commons/e/e7/Laser_Pointers.jpg&lt;br /&gt;
Vacuum Item Vacuum https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Vacuum_cleaner https://upload.wikimedia.org/wikipedia/commons/a/af/Vacuum_cleaner.jpg&lt;br /&gt;
Lettuce Food Lettuce https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Lettuce https://upload.wikimedia.org/wikipedia/commons/6/6b/Romaine_lettuce.jpg&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
#Links&lt;br /&gt;
Jinny Laser likes&lt;br /&gt;
Lyndsey Jinny likes&lt;br /&gt;
Jinny Lyndsey likes&lt;br /&gt;
Jinny Churu likes&lt;br /&gt;
Jinny Vacuum hates&lt;br /&gt;
Jinny Lettuce likes&lt;br /&gt;
Lyndsey Lettuce hates&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
#End&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[분류: Network Graph Script]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Lyndsey</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>http://dh.aks.ac.kr/~classics/wiki/index.php?title=%EB%A6%B0%EC%A7%80_%EA%B7%B8%EB%9E%98%ED%94%84.lst&amp;diff=5095</id>
		<title>린지 그래프.lst</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://dh.aks.ac.kr/~classics/wiki/index.php?title=%EB%A6%B0%EC%A7%80_%EA%B7%B8%EB%9E%98%ED%94%84.lst&amp;diff=5095"/>
				<updated>2021-04-08T07:42:36Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Lyndsey: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{{NetworkGraph | title=린지_그래프.lst}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
#Project&lt;br /&gt;
h1 Jinny and Lyndsey&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
#Class&lt;br /&gt;
Human black box&lt;br /&gt;
Cat blue circle&lt;br /&gt;
Food red square&lt;br /&gt;
Item green triangle&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
#Relation&lt;br /&gt;
likes likes arrow&lt;br /&gt;
hates hates arrow&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
#Nodes&lt;br /&gt;
Jinny Cat Jinny null http://dh.aks.ac.kr/~classics/wiki/images/2/2b/%EC%A7%80%EB%8B%88.jpeg&lt;br /&gt;
Lyndsey Human Lyndsey null http://dh.aks.ac.kr/~heritage/wiki/images/c/cb/Lyndsey_twining_cdg.jpg&lt;br /&gt;
Churu Food Churu https://ko.wikipedia.org/wiki/%EC%B1%A0%EC%98%A4%EC%B8%84%EB%A5%B4 https://upload.wikimedia.org/wikipedia/commons/b/b5/%EC%B1%A0%EC%98%A4%EC%B8%84%EB%A5%B4_%EB%8B%AD%EA%B0%80%EC%8A%B4%EC%82%B4.jpg&lt;br /&gt;
Laser Item Laser&lt;br /&gt;
Vacuum Item Vacuum&lt;br /&gt;
Lettuce Food Lettuce https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Lettuce https://upload.wikimedia.org/wikipedia/commons/6/6b/Romaine_lettuce.jpg&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
#Links&lt;br /&gt;
Jinny Laser likes&lt;br /&gt;
Lyndsey Jinny likes&lt;br /&gt;
Jinny Lyndsey likes&lt;br /&gt;
Jinny Churu likes&lt;br /&gt;
Jinny Vacuum hates&lt;br /&gt;
Jinny Lettuce likes&lt;br /&gt;
Lyndsey Lettuce hates&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
#End&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[분류: Network Graph Script]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Lyndsey</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>http://dh.aks.ac.kr/~classics/wiki/index.php?title=%ED%8C%8C%EC%9D%BC:%EC%A7%80%EB%8B%88.jpeg&amp;diff=5086</id>
		<title>파일:지니.jpeg</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://dh.aks.ac.kr/~classics/wiki/index.php?title=%ED%8C%8C%EC%9D%BC:%EC%A7%80%EB%8B%88.jpeg&amp;diff=5086"/>
				<updated>2021-04-08T07:41:26Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Lyndsey: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Lyndsey</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>http://dh.aks.ac.kr/~classics/wiki/index.php?title=%EB%A6%B0%EC%A7%80_%EA%B7%B8%EB%9E%98%ED%94%84.lst&amp;diff=5076</id>
		<title>린지 그래프.lst</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://dh.aks.ac.kr/~classics/wiki/index.php?title=%EB%A6%B0%EC%A7%80_%EA%B7%B8%EB%9E%98%ED%94%84.lst&amp;diff=5076"/>
				<updated>2021-04-08T07:37:54Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Lyndsey: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{{NetworkGraph | title=린지_그래프.lst}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
#Project&lt;br /&gt;
h1 Jinny and Lyndsey&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
#Class&lt;br /&gt;
Human black box&lt;br /&gt;
Cat blue circle&lt;br /&gt;
Food red square&lt;br /&gt;
Item green triangle&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
#Relation&lt;br /&gt;
likes likes arrow&lt;br /&gt;
hates hates arrow&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
#Nodes&lt;br /&gt;
Jinny Cat Jinny&lt;br /&gt;
Lyndsey Human Lyndsey&lt;br /&gt;
Churu Food Churu https://ko.wikipedia.org/wiki/%EC%B1%A0%EC%98%A4%EC%B8%84%EB%A5%B4 https://upload.wikimedia.org/wikipedia/commons/b/b5/%EC%B1%A0%EC%98%A4%EC%B8%84%EB%A5%B4_%EB%8B%AD%EA%B0%80%EC%8A%B4%EC%82%B4.jpg&lt;br /&gt;
Laser Item Laser&lt;br /&gt;
Vacuum Item Vacuum&lt;br /&gt;
Lettuce Food Lettuce&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
#Links&lt;br /&gt;
Jinny Laser likes&lt;br /&gt;
Lyndsey Jinny likes&lt;br /&gt;
Jinny Lyndsey likes&lt;br /&gt;
Jinny Churu likes&lt;br /&gt;
Jinny Vacuum hates&lt;br /&gt;
Jinny Lettuce likes&lt;br /&gt;
Lyndsey Lettuce hates&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
#End&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[분류: Network Graph Script]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Lyndsey</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>http://dh.aks.ac.kr/~classics/wiki/index.php?title=%EB%A6%B0%EC%A7%80_%EA%B7%B8%EB%9E%98%ED%94%84.lst&amp;diff=4914</id>
		<title>린지 그래프.lst</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://dh.aks.ac.kr/~classics/wiki/index.php?title=%EB%A6%B0%EC%A7%80_%EA%B7%B8%EB%9E%98%ED%94%84.lst&amp;diff=4914"/>
				<updated>2021-04-08T06:51:58Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Lyndsey: 새 문서: {{NetworkGraph | title=린지_그래프.lst}}  &amp;lt;pre&amp;gt; #Project h1 Jinny and Lyndsey  #Class Human black box Cat blue circle Food red square Item green triangle  #Relation likes likes a...&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{{NetworkGraph | title=린지_그래프.lst}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
#Project&lt;br /&gt;
h1 Jinny and Lyndsey&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
#Class&lt;br /&gt;
Human black box&lt;br /&gt;
Cat blue circle&lt;br /&gt;
Food red square&lt;br /&gt;
Item green triangle&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
#Relation&lt;br /&gt;
likes likes arrow&lt;br /&gt;
hates hates arrow&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
#Nodes&lt;br /&gt;
Jinny Cat Jinny&lt;br /&gt;
Lyndsey Human Lyndsey&lt;br /&gt;
Churu Food Churu&lt;br /&gt;
Laser Item Laser&lt;br /&gt;
Vacuum Item Vacuum&lt;br /&gt;
Lettuce Food Lettuce&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
#Links&lt;br /&gt;
Jinny Laser likes&lt;br /&gt;
Lyndsey Jinny likes&lt;br /&gt;
Jinny Lyndsey likes&lt;br /&gt;
Jinny Churu likes&lt;br /&gt;
Jinny Vacuum hates&lt;br /&gt;
Jinny Lettuce likes&lt;br /&gt;
Lyndsey Lettuce hates&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
#End&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[분류: Network Graph Script]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Lyndsey</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>http://dh.aks.ac.kr/~classics/wiki/index.php?title=2021-1_%EB%94%94%EC%A7%80%ED%84%B8_%EC%8B%9C%EB%8C%80%EC%9D%98_%EA%B3%A0%EC%A0%84_%EB%B2%88%EC%97%AD_I&amp;diff=4852</id>
		<title>2021-1 디지털 시대의 고전 번역 I</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://dh.aks.ac.kr/~classics/wiki/index.php?title=2021-1_%EB%94%94%EC%A7%80%ED%84%B8_%EC%8B%9C%EB%8C%80%EC%9D%98_%EA%B3%A0%EC%A0%84_%EB%B2%88%EC%97%AD_I&amp;diff=4852"/>
				<updated>2021-03-25T06:42:21Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Lyndsey: /* 수업 내용 */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&amp;lt;h1&amp;gt;디지털 시대의 고전 번역 I Translation of Classics in the Digital Environment I&amp;lt;/h1&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==강의 소개==&lt;br /&gt;
The purpose of this class is to learn the method and process to translate cultural heritage explanation texts in digital environments.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Korean cultural heritage is a research material that provides an in-depth look at Korean history and culture. It is also an effective educational textbook that can comprehensively convey knowledge of Korean studies to foreigners who want to know Korea.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The translation of cultural heritage information falls under the category of 'public translation' and shall take into account established terms and description protocols.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translating cultural heritage information into a foreign language has relied heavily on the ability of translators to individual languages. However, in order to properly deliver the knowledge and information to foreign readers, it is necessary to organize the contents into systematic data. Digital technology-based terminology management can help us maintain a consistent style and quality of cultural heritage translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===수업 시간===&lt;br /&gt;
* 목요일 15:20~17:50&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===강의실===&lt;br /&gt;
* 대면 강의실: 디지털 인문학 연구소 세미나실 (문형관 103호)&lt;br /&gt;
* 비대면 강의실: https://us02web.zoom.us/j/81118587083?pwd=M1ViYmZBQ2t5NEtwV1FlcXRqYmYwUT09&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==수업 내용==&lt;br /&gt;
{|class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;text-align:left&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
!style=&amp;quot;width:5%&amp;quot;| No.||style=&amp;quot;width:10%&amp;quot; |Date ||style=&amp;quot;width:60%&amp;quot;|Topics ||style=&amp;quot;width:25%&amp;quot;|References&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 1 || 2021.03.04. || &lt;br /&gt;
* Educational Purpose of this Class&lt;br /&gt;
* Introduction to Digital Humanities&lt;br /&gt;
|| &lt;br /&gt;
* [http://dh.aks.ac.kr/~khw/tutor/2021/20210304.pdf 수업소개]&lt;br /&gt;
* [http://digerati.aks.ac.kr/DhLab/2016/203/tutorial/ConvergenceOfDHnAR.pdf 디지털 인문학이란?]&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Digital_humanities What is Digital Humaniteis?]&lt;br /&gt;
* [http://dh.aks.ac.kr/~heritage/wiki/index.php/Cultural_Heritage_Wiki Cultural Heritage Wiki]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[디지털 시대의 고전 번역 I | 디지털 시대의 고전 번역(2018)]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 2 ||  2021.03.11. || &lt;br /&gt;
* Introduction to Public Translation:  Vision and Challenges in Korean Public Translation&lt;br /&gt;
* A  New Paradigm of Public Translations: Communication and Collaboration in  Digital Environments&lt;br /&gt;
* Domestic and Foreign Cultural Heritage Translation Resources&lt;br /&gt;
|| &lt;br /&gt;
* [http://dh.aks.ac.kr/~khw/tutor/2021/20210318.pdf 공공번역]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 3 || 2021.03.18. ||&lt;br /&gt;
* Case Study: Cultural Heritage Information Board Maintenance Project 2019-2020&lt;br /&gt;
* Cultural Heritage Data Compilation Projects Performed by Center for Digital Humanities as AKS&lt;br /&gt;
* Introduction to ''Cultural Heritage Wiki''&lt;br /&gt;
|| &lt;br /&gt;
*[http://dh.aks.ac.kr/~heritage/wiki/index.php/한국의_문화유산 한국의 문화유산]&lt;br /&gt;
*[http://dh.aks.ac.kr/~heritage/wiki/index.php/2019_문화재명칭_영문_표기 2019 문화재명칭 영문 표기]&lt;br /&gt;
**[http://dh.aks.ac.kr/~heritage/wiki/images/1/19/2019%EB%85%84_%EB%AC%B8%ED%99%94%EC%9E%AC%EB%AA%85%EC%B9%AD_%EC%98%81%EB%AC%B8_%ED%91%9C%EA%B8%B0_%EC%9A%A9%EB%A1%80%EC%A7%91.pdf 용례집 PDF]&lt;br /&gt;
*[http://dh.aks.ac.kr/~classics/wiki/images/d/df/%EB%AC%B8%ED%99%94%EC%9E%AC%EB%AA%85%EC%B9%AD-%EC%98%81%EB%AC%B8-%ED%91%9C%EA%B8%B0-%EA%B8%B0%EC%A4%80-%EA%B7%9C%EC%B9%99_20210325.pdf 2019년 문화재명칭 영문 표기 기준 규칙](린지)&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 4 || 2021.03.25. || &lt;br /&gt;
* Wiki Software as a Collaborative Translation Tool: Understanding Wiki Software&lt;br /&gt;
|| &lt;br /&gt;
* [https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Wiki_software What is Wiki Software?]&lt;br /&gt;
* [http://dh.aks.ac.kr/~khw/tutor/2021/20210311.pdf 위키란?]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 5 || 2021.04.01. || &lt;br /&gt;
* Understanding  Wiki Syntax / Compilation of Wiki Documents&lt;br /&gt;
|| &lt;br /&gt;
* [[MediaWiki Syntax Guide]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [http://dh.aks.ac.kr/Edu/wiki/index.php/위키_콘텐츠_제작_방법 위키 콘텐츠 제작 방법]&lt;br /&gt;
* [http://dh.aks.ac.kr/Edu/wiki/index.php/위키_문서_제작_방법 위키 문서 제작 방법]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 6 || 2021.04.08. || &lt;br /&gt;
* Design of Collaborative Translation Scheme:  Design of Wiki Based Translation Process&lt;br /&gt;
|| &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 7 || 2021.04.15. || &lt;br /&gt;
* Case Study: Compilation of Cultural Heritage Wiki - English Translation of Cultural Heritage Information in Andong Area&lt;br /&gt;
|| &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 8 || 2021.04.22. || &lt;br /&gt;
* Workshop: Compilation of Cultural Heritage Translation Text (1)&lt;br /&gt;
|| &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 9 || 2021.04.29. || &lt;br /&gt;
* Workshop: Compilation of Cultural Heritage Translation Text (2)&lt;br /&gt;
|| &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 10 || 2021.05.06. || &lt;br /&gt;
* Visualization of Context: Understanding Data Visualization and Network Graphs&lt;br /&gt;
|| &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 11 || 2021.05.13. || &lt;br /&gt;
* Workshop: Visualization of Cultural Context implied in Cultural Heritage Objects&lt;br /&gt;
|| &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 12 || 2021.05.20. || &lt;br /&gt;
* Database Compliation of Cultural Heritage Terms and English Translations&lt;br /&gt;
|| &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 13 || 2021.05.27. || &lt;br /&gt;
* Workshop: Database Compilation of Cultural Heritage Terms (1)&lt;br /&gt;
|| &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 14 || 2021.06.03. || &lt;br /&gt;
* Workshop: Database Compilation of Cultural Heritage Terms (2)&lt;br /&gt;
|| &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 15 || 2021.06.10. || &lt;br /&gt;
* Presentation of the Workshop Results (on Wiki Based Online Systems)&lt;br /&gt;
|| &lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==참여자==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===담당 교수===&lt;br /&gt;
* [[김현|김현(인문정보학)]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[신정수|신정수(고전번역학)]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===조교===&lt;br /&gt;
* [[강혜원|강혜원(인문정보학 박사과정)]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[트와이닝 린지|트와이닝 린지(인문정보학 박사과정)]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===수강생===&lt;br /&gt;
*[[임정훈 | 임정훈 (철학 석사과정)]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[송수찬 | 송수찬 (고전번역학 석사과정)]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[정송이 | 정송이 (인문정보학 석사과정)]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[이효림 | 이효림 (인문정보학 석사과정)]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[김희성 | 김희성 (국문학 박사과정)]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[김은숙 | 김은숙 (인문정보학 박사과정)]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[박려정 | 박려정 (인문정보학 박사과정)]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===청강생===&lt;br /&gt;
*[[이고은 | 이고은 (한국문화학 박사)]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[안이슬 | 안이슬 (국문학 박사과정)]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[사용자:LeeChangSub | 이창섭 (인문정보학 박사과정)]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==읽을거리==&lt;br /&gt;
* [http://dhlab.aks.ac.kr/~tutor/wiki/index.php/DH_Lecture_2021_Jan_28 김현, 「인문학 교육의 디지털 전환과 디지털 큐레이션」,  연세대학교 인문융합교육원 주최 학술워크숍, 2021. 1. 28.]&lt;br /&gt;
* [http://dh.aks.ac.kr/~tutor/Documents/PDF/2020/DigitalCuration.pdf 金炫, 「유교문화 디지털 아카이브를 위한 디지털 큐레이션 모델」, 세계유교문화박물관 디지털 아카이브 마스터플랜 연구, 2020. 3.]&lt;br /&gt;
* [http://dh.aks.ac.kr/Edu/wiki/index.php?title=디지털_인문학_교육의_현장_(김현_2018) 디지털 인문학 교육의 현장 (김현 2018, 『인문콘텐츠』 50, 인문콘텐츠학회)]&lt;br /&gt;
* [http://dh.aks.ac.kr/Edu/wiki/index.php/4차_산업혁명_시대의_인문학  金炫, 「4차 산업혁명 시대의 인문학」, 『전통문화』 42호, 2017. 5.]&lt;br /&gt;
* [http://digerati.aks.ac.kr/paper/fly2011/fly2011.htm 인문지식의 새로운 형식을 찾아서 .... &amp;quot;무엇이 나를 하늘에 오르게 했는가?&amp;quot; (김현 2012, 『인문정보학의 모색』, 북코리아. pp 815-829.)]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Lyndsey</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>http://dh.aks.ac.kr/~classics/wiki/index.php?title=2021-1_%EB%94%94%EC%A7%80%ED%84%B8_%EC%8B%9C%EB%8C%80%EC%9D%98_%EA%B3%A0%EC%A0%84_%EB%B2%88%EC%97%AD_I&amp;diff=4851</id>
		<title>2021-1 디지털 시대의 고전 번역 I</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://dh.aks.ac.kr/~classics/wiki/index.php?title=2021-1_%EB%94%94%EC%A7%80%ED%84%B8_%EC%8B%9C%EB%8C%80%EC%9D%98_%EA%B3%A0%EC%A0%84_%EB%B2%88%EC%97%AD_I&amp;diff=4851"/>
				<updated>2021-03-25T05:28:57Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Lyndsey: /* 수업 내용 */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&amp;lt;h1&amp;gt;디지털 시대의 고전 번역 I Translation of Classics in the Digital Environment I&amp;lt;/h1&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==강의 소개==&lt;br /&gt;
The purpose of this class is to learn the method and process to translate cultural heritage explanation texts in digital environments.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Korean cultural heritage is a research material that provides an in-depth look at Korean history and culture. It is also an effective educational textbook that can comprehensively convey knowledge of Korean studies to foreigners who want to know Korea.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The translation of cultural heritage information falls under the category of 'public translation' and shall take into account established terms and description protocols.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translating cultural heritage information into a foreign language has relied heavily on the ability of translators to individual languages. However, in order to properly deliver the knowledge and information to foreign readers, it is necessary to organize the contents into systematic data. Digital technology-based terminology management can help us maintain a consistent style and quality of cultural heritage translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===수업 시간===&lt;br /&gt;
* 목요일 15:20~17:50&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===강의실===&lt;br /&gt;
* 대면 강의실: 디지털 인문학 연구소 세미나실 (문형관 103호)&lt;br /&gt;
* 비대면 강의실: https://us02web.zoom.us/j/81118587083?pwd=M1ViYmZBQ2t5NEtwV1FlcXRqYmYwUT09&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==수업 내용==&lt;br /&gt;
{|class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;text-align:left&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
!style=&amp;quot;width:5%&amp;quot;| No.||style=&amp;quot;width:10%&amp;quot; |Date ||style=&amp;quot;width:60%&amp;quot;|Topics ||style=&amp;quot;width:25%&amp;quot;|References&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 1 || 2021.03.04. || &lt;br /&gt;
* Educational Purpose of this Class&lt;br /&gt;
* Introduction to Digital Humanities&lt;br /&gt;
|| &lt;br /&gt;
* [http://dh.aks.ac.kr/~khw/tutor/2021/20210304.pdf 수업소개]&lt;br /&gt;
* [http://digerati.aks.ac.kr/DhLab/2016/203/tutorial/ConvergenceOfDHnAR.pdf 디지털 인문학이란?]&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Digital_humanities What is Digital Humaniteis?]&lt;br /&gt;
* [http://dh.aks.ac.kr/~heritage/wiki/index.php/Cultural_Heritage_Wiki Cultural Heritage Wiki]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[디지털 시대의 고전 번역 I | 디지털 시대의 고전 번역(2018)]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 2 ||  2021.03.11. || &lt;br /&gt;
* Introduction to Public Translation:  Vision and Challenges in Korean Public Translation&lt;br /&gt;
* A  New Paradigm of Public Translations: Communication and Collaboration in  Digital Environments&lt;br /&gt;
* Domestic and Foreign Cultural Heritage Translation Resources&lt;br /&gt;
|| &lt;br /&gt;
* [http://dh.aks.ac.kr/~khw/tutor/2021/20210318.pdf 공공번역]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 3 || 2021.03.18. ||&lt;br /&gt;
* Case Study: Cultural Heritage Information Board Maintenance Project 2019-2020&lt;br /&gt;
* Cultural Heritage Data Compilation Projects Performed by Center for Digital Humanities as AKS&lt;br /&gt;
* Introduction to ''Cultural Heritage Wiki''&lt;br /&gt;
|| &lt;br /&gt;
*[http://dh.aks.ac.kr/~heritage/wiki/index.php/한국의_문화유산 한국의 문화유산]&lt;br /&gt;
*[http://dh.aks.ac.kr/~heritage/wiki/index.php/2019_문화재명칭_영문_표기 2019 문화재명칭 영문 표기]&lt;br /&gt;
*[http://dh.aks.ac.kr/~classics/wiki/images/d/df/%EB%AC%B8%ED%99%94%EC%9E%AC%EB%AA%85%EC%B9%AD-%EC%98%81%EB%AC%B8-%ED%91%9C%EA%B8%B0-%EA%B8%B0%EC%A4%80-%EA%B7%9C%EC%B9%99_20210325.pdf 2019년 문화재명칭 영문 표기 기준 규칙](린지)&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 4 || 2021.03.25. || &lt;br /&gt;
* Wiki Software as a Collaborative Translation Tool: Understanding Wiki Software&lt;br /&gt;
|| &lt;br /&gt;
* [https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Wiki_software What is Wiki Software?]&lt;br /&gt;
* [http://dh.aks.ac.kr/~khw/tutor/2021/20210311.pdf 위키란?]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 5 || 2021.04.01. || &lt;br /&gt;
* Understanding  Wiki Syntax / Compilation of Wiki Documents&lt;br /&gt;
|| &lt;br /&gt;
* [[MediaWiki Syntax Guide]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [http://dh.aks.ac.kr/Edu/wiki/index.php/위키_콘텐츠_제작_방법 위키 콘텐츠 제작 방법]&lt;br /&gt;
* [http://dh.aks.ac.kr/Edu/wiki/index.php/위키_문서_제작_방법 위키 문서 제작 방법]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 6 || 2021.04.08. || &lt;br /&gt;
* Design of Collaborative Translation Scheme:  Design of Wiki Based Translation Process&lt;br /&gt;
|| &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 7 || 2021.04.15. || &lt;br /&gt;
* Case Study: Compilation of Cultural Heritage Wiki - English Translation of Cultural Heritage Information in Andong Area&lt;br /&gt;
|| &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 8 || 2021.04.22. || &lt;br /&gt;
* Workshop: Compilation of Cultural Heritage Translation Text (1)&lt;br /&gt;
|| &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 9 || 2021.04.29. || &lt;br /&gt;
* Workshop: Compilation of Cultural Heritage Translation Text (2)&lt;br /&gt;
|| &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 10 || 2021.05.06. || &lt;br /&gt;
* Visualization of Context: Understanding Data Visualization and Network Graphs&lt;br /&gt;
|| &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 11 || 2021.05.13. || &lt;br /&gt;
* Workshop: Visualization of Cultural Context implied in Cultural Heritage Objects&lt;br /&gt;
|| &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 12 || 2021.05.20. || &lt;br /&gt;
* Database Compliation of Cultural Heritage Terms and English Translations&lt;br /&gt;
|| &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 13 || 2021.05.27. || &lt;br /&gt;
* Workshop: Database Compilation of Cultural Heritage Terms (1)&lt;br /&gt;
|| &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 14 || 2021.06.03. || &lt;br /&gt;
* Workshop: Database Compilation of Cultural Heritage Terms (2)&lt;br /&gt;
|| &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 15 || 2021.06.10. || &lt;br /&gt;
* Presentation of the Workshop Results (on Wiki Based Online Systems)&lt;br /&gt;
|| &lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==참여자==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===담당 교수===&lt;br /&gt;
* [[김현|김현(인문정보학)]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[신정수|신정수(고전번역학)]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===조교===&lt;br /&gt;
* [[강혜원|강혜원(인문정보학 박사과정)]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[트와이닝 린지|트와이닝 린지(인문정보학 박사과정)]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===수강생===&lt;br /&gt;
*[[임정훈 | 임정훈 (철학 석사과정)]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[송수찬 | 송수찬 (고전번역학 석사과정)]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[정송이 | 정송이 (인문정보학 석사과정)]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[이효림 | 이효림 (인문정보학 석사과정)]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[김희성 | 김희성 (국문학 박사과정)]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[김은숙 | 김은숙 (인문정보학 박사과정)]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[박려정 | 박려정 (인문정보학 박사과정)]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===청강생===&lt;br /&gt;
*[[이고은 | 이고은 (한국문화학 박사)]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[안이슬 | 안이슬 (국문학 박사과정)]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[사용자:LeeChangSub | 이창섭 (인문정보학 박사과정)]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==읽을거리==&lt;br /&gt;
* [http://dhlab.aks.ac.kr/~tutor/wiki/index.php/DH_Lecture_2021_Jan_28 김현, 「인문학 교육의 디지털 전환과 디지털 큐레이션」,  연세대학교 인문융합교육원 주최 학술워크숍, 2021. 1. 28.]&lt;br /&gt;
* [http://dh.aks.ac.kr/~tutor/Documents/PDF/2020/DigitalCuration.pdf 金炫, 「유교문화 디지털 아카이브를 위한 디지털 큐레이션 모델」, 세계유교문화박물관 디지털 아카이브 마스터플랜 연구, 2020. 3.]&lt;br /&gt;
* [http://dh.aks.ac.kr/Edu/wiki/index.php?title=디지털_인문학_교육의_현장_(김현_2018) 디지털 인문학 교육의 현장 (김현 2018, 『인문콘텐츠』 50, 인문콘텐츠학회)]&lt;br /&gt;
* [http://dh.aks.ac.kr/Edu/wiki/index.php/4차_산업혁명_시대의_인문학  金炫, 「4차 산업혁명 시대의 인문학」, 『전통문화』 42호, 2017. 5.]&lt;br /&gt;
* [http://digerati.aks.ac.kr/paper/fly2011/fly2011.htm 인문지식의 새로운 형식을 찾아서 .... &amp;quot;무엇이 나를 하늘에 오르게 했는가?&amp;quot; (김현 2012, 『인문정보학의 모색』, 북코리아. pp 815-829.)]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Lyndsey</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>http://dh.aks.ac.kr/~classics/wiki/index.php?title=%ED%8C%8C%EC%9D%BC:%EB%AC%B8%ED%99%94%EC%9E%AC%EB%AA%85%EC%B9%AD-%EC%98%81%EB%AC%B8-%ED%91%9C%EA%B8%B0-%EA%B8%B0%EC%A4%80-%EA%B7%9C%EC%B9%99_20210325.pdf&amp;diff=4850</id>
		<title>파일:문화재명칭-영문-표기-기준-규칙 20210325.pdf</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://dh.aks.ac.kr/~classics/wiki/index.php?title=%ED%8C%8C%EC%9D%BC:%EB%AC%B8%ED%99%94%EC%9E%AC%EB%AA%85%EC%B9%AD-%EC%98%81%EB%AC%B8-%ED%91%9C%EA%B8%B0-%EA%B8%B0%EC%A4%80-%EA%B7%9C%EC%B9%99_20210325.pdf&amp;diff=4850"/>
				<updated>2021-03-25T05:26:32Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Lyndsey: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Lyndsey</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>http://dh.aks.ac.kr/~classics/wiki/index.php?title=%EB%A6%B0%EC%A7%80&amp;diff=4587</id>
		<title>린지</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://dh.aks.ac.kr/~classics/wiki/index.php?title=%EB%A6%B0%EC%A7%80&amp;diff=4587"/>
				<updated>2021-03-11T08:14:30Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Lyndsey: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;안녕하세요^^&lt;br /&gt;
My name is Lyndsey.&lt;br /&gt;
*[[트와이닝 린지]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==소개==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===학력===&lt;br /&gt;
*'''학사''' : ''미시간대학교'' [https://umich.edu/]&lt;br /&gt;
**아시아학&lt;br /&gt;
*'''석사''' : [https://www.aks.ac.kr 한중연]&lt;br /&gt;
**인문정보학과&lt;br /&gt;
*'''박사''' : ''한중연'' &lt;br /&gt;
**인문정보학과&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
#학사 : 미시간대학교&lt;br /&gt;
##아시아학&lt;br /&gt;
#석사 : 한중연 &lt;br /&gt;
##인문정보학과&lt;br /&gt;
#박사 : 한중연 &lt;br /&gt;
##인문정보학과&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===경력===&lt;br /&gt;
짜잔&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===취미===&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Lyndsey</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>http://dh.aks.ac.kr/~classics/wiki/index.php?title=%EB%A6%B0%EC%A7%80&amp;diff=4543</id>
		<title>린지</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://dh.aks.ac.kr/~classics/wiki/index.php?title=%EB%A6%B0%EC%A7%80&amp;diff=4543"/>
				<updated>2021-03-11T08:03:44Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Lyndsey: /* 학력 */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;안녕하세요^^&lt;br /&gt;
My name is Lyndsey.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==소개==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===학력===&lt;br /&gt;
*'''학사''' : ''미시간대학교'' [https://umich.edu/]&lt;br /&gt;
**아시아학&lt;br /&gt;
*'''석사''' : [https://www.aks.ac.kr 한중연]&lt;br /&gt;
**인문정보학과&lt;br /&gt;
*'''박사''' : ''한중연'' &lt;br /&gt;
**인문정보학과&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
#학사 : 미시간대학교&lt;br /&gt;
##아시아학&lt;br /&gt;
#석사 : 한중연 &lt;br /&gt;
##인문정보학과&lt;br /&gt;
#박사 : 한중연 &lt;br /&gt;
##인문정보학과&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===경력===&lt;br /&gt;
짜잔&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===취미===&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Lyndsey</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>http://dh.aks.ac.kr/~classics/wiki/index.php?title=%EB%A6%B0%EC%A7%80&amp;diff=4540</id>
		<title>린지</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://dh.aks.ac.kr/~classics/wiki/index.php?title=%EB%A6%B0%EC%A7%80&amp;diff=4540"/>
				<updated>2021-03-11T08:03:25Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Lyndsey: /* 학력 */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;안녕하세요^^&lt;br /&gt;
My name is Lyndsey.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==소개==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===학력===&lt;br /&gt;
*'''학사''' : ''미시간대학교'' [https://umich.edu/]&lt;br /&gt;
**아시아학&lt;br /&gt;
*'''석사''' : [www.aks.ac.kr 한중연]&lt;br /&gt;
**인문정보학과&lt;br /&gt;
*'''박사''' : ''한중연'' &lt;br /&gt;
**인문정보학과&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
#학사 : 미시간대학교&lt;br /&gt;
##아시아학&lt;br /&gt;
#석사 : 한중연 &lt;br /&gt;
##인문정보학과&lt;br /&gt;
#박사 : 한중연 &lt;br /&gt;
##인문정보학과&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===경력===&lt;br /&gt;
짜잔&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===취미===&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Lyndsey</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>http://dh.aks.ac.kr/~classics/wiki/index.php?title=%EB%A6%B0%EC%A7%80&amp;diff=4537</id>
		<title>린지</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://dh.aks.ac.kr/~classics/wiki/index.php?title=%EB%A6%B0%EC%A7%80&amp;diff=4537"/>
				<updated>2021-03-11T08:02:10Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Lyndsey: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;안녕하세요^^&lt;br /&gt;
My name is Lyndsey.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==소개==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===학력===&lt;br /&gt;
*'''학사''' : ''미시간대학교'' [https://umich.edu/]&lt;br /&gt;
**아시아학&lt;br /&gt;
*'''석사''' : ''한중연'' &lt;br /&gt;
**인문정보학과&lt;br /&gt;
*'''박사''' : ''한중연'' &lt;br /&gt;
**인문정보학과&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
#학사 : 미시간대학교&lt;br /&gt;
##아시아학&lt;br /&gt;
#석사 : 한중연 &lt;br /&gt;
##인문정보학과&lt;br /&gt;
#박사 : 한중연 &lt;br /&gt;
##인문정보학과&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===경력===&lt;br /&gt;
짜잔&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===취미===&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Lyndsey</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>http://dh.aks.ac.kr/~classics/wiki/index.php?title=%EB%A6%B0%EC%A7%80&amp;diff=4509</id>
		<title>린지</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://dh.aks.ac.kr/~classics/wiki/index.php?title=%EB%A6%B0%EC%A7%80&amp;diff=4509"/>
				<updated>2021-03-11T07:42:20Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Lyndsey: /* 학력 */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;안녕하세요^^&lt;br /&gt;
My name is Lyndsey.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==소개==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===학력===&lt;br /&gt;
*'''학사''' : ''미시간대학교''&lt;br /&gt;
**아시아학&lt;br /&gt;
*'''석사''' : ''한중연'' &lt;br /&gt;
**인문정보학과&lt;br /&gt;
*'''박사''' : ''한중연'' &lt;br /&gt;
**인문정보학과&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
#학사 : 미시간대학교&lt;br /&gt;
##아시아학&lt;br /&gt;
#석사 : 한중연 &lt;br /&gt;
##인문정보학과&lt;br /&gt;
#박사 : 한중연 &lt;br /&gt;
##인문정보학과&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===경력===&lt;br /&gt;
짜잔&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===취미===&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Lyndsey</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>http://dh.aks.ac.kr/~classics/wiki/index.php?title=%EB%A6%B0%EC%A7%80&amp;diff=4500</id>
		<title>린지</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://dh.aks.ac.kr/~classics/wiki/index.php?title=%EB%A6%B0%EC%A7%80&amp;diff=4500"/>
				<updated>2021-03-11T07:41:35Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Lyndsey: /* 학력 */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;안녕하세요^^&lt;br /&gt;
My name is Lyndsey.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==소개==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===학력===&lt;br /&gt;
*'''학사''' : 미시간대학교&lt;br /&gt;
**아시아학&lt;br /&gt;
*'''석사''' : 한중연 &lt;br /&gt;
**인문정보학과&lt;br /&gt;
*'''박사''' : 한중연 &lt;br /&gt;
**인문정보학과&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
#학사 : 미시간대학교&lt;br /&gt;
##아시아학&lt;br /&gt;
#석사 : 한중연 &lt;br /&gt;
##인문정보학과&lt;br /&gt;
#박사 : 한중연 &lt;br /&gt;
##인문정보학과&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===경력===&lt;br /&gt;
짜잔&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===취미===&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Lyndsey</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>http://dh.aks.ac.kr/~classics/wiki/index.php?title=%EB%A6%B0%EC%A7%80&amp;diff=4467</id>
		<title>린지</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://dh.aks.ac.kr/~classics/wiki/index.php?title=%EB%A6%B0%EC%A7%80&amp;diff=4467"/>
				<updated>2021-03-11T07:37:58Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Lyndsey: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;안녕하세요^^&lt;br /&gt;
My name is Lyndsey.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==소개==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===학력===&lt;br /&gt;
*학사 : 미시간대학교&lt;br /&gt;
**아시아학&lt;br /&gt;
*석사 : 한중연 &lt;br /&gt;
**인문정보학과&lt;br /&gt;
*박사 : 한중연 &lt;br /&gt;
**인문정보학과&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
#학사 : 미시간대학교&lt;br /&gt;
##아시아학&lt;br /&gt;
#석사 : 한중연 &lt;br /&gt;
##인문정보학과&lt;br /&gt;
#박사 : 한중연 &lt;br /&gt;
##인문정보학과&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===경력===&lt;br /&gt;
짜잔&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===취미===&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Lyndsey</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>http://dh.aks.ac.kr/~classics/wiki/index.php?title=%EB%A6%B0%EC%A7%80&amp;diff=4458</id>
		<title>린지</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://dh.aks.ac.kr/~classics/wiki/index.php?title=%EB%A6%B0%EC%A7%80&amp;diff=4458"/>
				<updated>2021-03-11T07:36:45Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Lyndsey: /* 학력 */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;안녕하세요^^&lt;br /&gt;
My name is Lyndsey.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==소개==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===학력===&lt;br /&gt;
*학사 : 미시간대학교&lt;br /&gt;
**아시아학&lt;br /&gt;
*석사 : 한중연 &lt;br /&gt;
**인문정보학과&lt;br /&gt;
*박사 : 한중연 &lt;br /&gt;
**인문정보학과&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
#학사 : 미시간대학교&lt;br /&gt;
##아시아학&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
#석사 : 한중연 &lt;br /&gt;
##인문정보학과&lt;br /&gt;
#박사 : 한중연 &lt;br /&gt;
##인문정보학과&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===경력===&lt;br /&gt;
짜잔&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===취미===&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Lyndsey</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>http://dh.aks.ac.kr/~classics/wiki/index.php?title=%EB%A6%B0%EC%A7%80&amp;diff=4455</id>
		<title>린지</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://dh.aks.ac.kr/~classics/wiki/index.php?title=%EB%A6%B0%EC%A7%80&amp;diff=4455"/>
				<updated>2021-03-11T07:36:23Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Lyndsey: /* 학력 */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;안녕하세요^^&lt;br /&gt;
My name is Lyndsey.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==소개==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===학력===&lt;br /&gt;
*학사 : 미시간대학교&lt;br /&gt;
**아시아학&lt;br /&gt;
*석사 : 한중연 &lt;br /&gt;
**인문정보학과&lt;br /&gt;
*박사 : 한중연 &lt;br /&gt;
**인문정보학과&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
#학사 : 미시간대학교&lt;br /&gt;
##아시아학&lt;br /&gt;
#석사 : 한중연 &lt;br /&gt;
##인문정보학과&lt;br /&gt;
#박사 : 한중연 &lt;br /&gt;
##인문정보학과&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===경력===&lt;br /&gt;
짜잔&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===취미===&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Lyndsey</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>http://dh.aks.ac.kr/~classics/wiki/index.php?title=%EB%A6%B0%EC%A7%80&amp;diff=4425</id>
		<title>린지</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://dh.aks.ac.kr/~classics/wiki/index.php?title=%EB%A6%B0%EC%A7%80&amp;diff=4425"/>
				<updated>2021-03-11T07:33:23Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Lyndsey: /* 학력 */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;안녕하세요^^&lt;br /&gt;
My name is Lyndsey.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==소개==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===학력===&lt;br /&gt;
*학사 : 미시간대학교&lt;br /&gt;
**아시아학&lt;br /&gt;
*석사 : 한중연 &lt;br /&gt;
**인문정보학과&lt;br /&gt;
*박사 : 한중연 &lt;br /&gt;
**인문정보학과&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
#학사 : 미시간대학교&lt;br /&gt;
##아시아학&lt;br /&gt;
#석사 : 한중연 &lt;br /&gt;
##인문정보학과&lt;br /&gt;
#박사 : 한중연 &lt;br /&gt;
##인문정보학과&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===경력===&lt;br /&gt;
짜잔&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===취미===&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Lyndsey</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>http://dh.aks.ac.kr/~classics/wiki/index.php?title=%EB%A6%B0%EC%A7%80&amp;diff=4419</id>
		<title>린지</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://dh.aks.ac.kr/~classics/wiki/index.php?title=%EB%A6%B0%EC%A7%80&amp;diff=4419"/>
				<updated>2021-03-11T07:32:16Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Lyndsey: /* 학력 */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;안녕하세요^^&lt;br /&gt;
My name is Lyndsey.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==소개==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===학력===&lt;br /&gt;
*학사 : 미시간대학교&lt;br /&gt;
**아시아학&lt;br /&gt;
*석사 : 한중연 &lt;br /&gt;
**인문정보학과&lt;br /&gt;
*박사 : 한중연 &lt;br /&gt;
**인문정보학과&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===경력===&lt;br /&gt;
짜잔&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===취미===&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Lyndsey</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>http://dh.aks.ac.kr/~classics/wiki/index.php?title=%EB%A6%B0%EC%A7%80&amp;diff=4399</id>
		<title>린지</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://dh.aks.ac.kr/~classics/wiki/index.php?title=%EB%A6%B0%EC%A7%80&amp;diff=4399"/>
				<updated>2021-03-11T07:29:47Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Lyndsey: /* 학력 */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;안녕하세요^^&lt;br /&gt;
My name is Lyndsey.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==소개==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===학력===&lt;br /&gt;
*학사 : 미시간대학교&lt;br /&gt;
*석사 : 한중연 인정보학과&lt;br /&gt;
*박사 : 한중연 인정보학과&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===경력===&lt;br /&gt;
짜잔&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===취미===&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Lyndsey</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>http://dh.aks.ac.kr/~classics/wiki/index.php?title=%EB%A6%B0%EC%A7%80&amp;diff=4392</id>
		<title>린지</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://dh.aks.ac.kr/~classics/wiki/index.php?title=%EB%A6%B0%EC%A7%80&amp;diff=4392"/>
				<updated>2021-03-11T07:28:47Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Lyndsey: /* 학력 */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;안녕하세요^^&lt;br /&gt;
My name is Lyndsey.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==소개==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===학력===&lt;br /&gt;
학사 : 미시간대학교&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
석사 : 한중연 인정보학과&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
박사 : 한중연 인정보학과&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===경력===&lt;br /&gt;
짜잔&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===취미===&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Lyndsey</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>http://dh.aks.ac.kr/~classics/wiki/index.php?title=%EB%A6%B0%EC%A7%80&amp;diff=4389</id>
		<title>린지</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://dh.aks.ac.kr/~classics/wiki/index.php?title=%EB%A6%B0%EC%A7%80&amp;diff=4389"/>
				<updated>2021-03-11T07:28:24Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Lyndsey: /* 학력 */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;안녕하세요^^&lt;br /&gt;
My name is Lyndsey.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==소개==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===학력===&lt;br /&gt;
학사 : 미시간대학교&lt;br /&gt;
석사 : 한중연 인정보학과&lt;br /&gt;
박사 : 한중연 인정보학과&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===경력===&lt;br /&gt;
짜잔&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===취미===&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Lyndsey</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>http://dh.aks.ac.kr/~classics/wiki/index.php?title=%EB%A6%B0%EC%A7%80&amp;diff=4343</id>
		<title>린지</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://dh.aks.ac.kr/~classics/wiki/index.php?title=%EB%A6%B0%EC%A7%80&amp;diff=4343"/>
				<updated>2021-03-11T07:19:49Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Lyndsey: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;안녕하세요^^&lt;br /&gt;
My name is Lyndsey.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==소개==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===학력===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===경력===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===취미===&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Lyndsey</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>http://dh.aks.ac.kr/~classics/wiki/index.php?title=%EB%A6%B0%EC%A7%80&amp;diff=4337</id>
		<title>린지</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://dh.aks.ac.kr/~classics/wiki/index.php?title=%EB%A6%B0%EC%A7%80&amp;diff=4337"/>
				<updated>2021-03-11T07:19:24Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Lyndsey: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;안녕하세요^^&lt;br /&gt;
My name is Lyndsey.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==소개==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===학력===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===경력===&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Lyndsey</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>http://dh.aks.ac.kr/~classics/wiki/index.php?title=%EB%A6%B0%EC%A7%80&amp;diff=4333</id>
		<title>린지</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://dh.aks.ac.kr/~classics/wiki/index.php?title=%EB%A6%B0%EC%A7%80&amp;diff=4333"/>
				<updated>2021-03-11T07:16:27Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Lyndsey: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;안녕하세요^^&lt;br /&gt;
My name is Lyndsey.&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Lyndsey</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>http://dh.aks.ac.kr/~classics/wiki/index.php?title=%EB%A6%B0%EC%A7%80&amp;diff=4317</id>
		<title>린지</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://dh.aks.ac.kr/~classics/wiki/index.php?title=%EB%A6%B0%EC%A7%80&amp;diff=4317"/>
				<updated>2021-03-11T07:12:05Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Lyndsey: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;안녕하세요^^&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Lyndsey</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>http://dh.aks.ac.kr/~classics/wiki/index.php?title=%EB%A6%B0%EC%A7%80&amp;diff=4308</id>
		<title>린지</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://dh.aks.ac.kr/~classics/wiki/index.php?title=%EB%A6%B0%EC%A7%80&amp;diff=4308"/>
				<updated>2021-03-11T07:10:32Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Lyndsey: 빈 문서를 만듦&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Lyndsey</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>http://dh.aks.ac.kr/~classics/wiki/index.php?title=%ED%8A%B8%EC%99%80%EC%9D%B4%EB%8B%9D_%EB%A6%B0%EC%A7%80&amp;diff=4301</id>
		<title>트와이닝 린지</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://dh.aks.ac.kr/~classics/wiki/index.php?title=%ED%8A%B8%EC%99%80%EC%9D%B4%EB%8B%9D_%EB%A6%B0%EC%A7%80&amp;diff=4301"/>
				<updated>2021-03-11T06:53:50Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Lyndsey: /* 소개 */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{{수강생정보&lt;br /&gt;
|이름= 트와이닝 린지&lt;br /&gt;
|한자= &lt;br /&gt;
|영문= Lyndsey Twining&lt;br /&gt;
|소속= 한국학중앙연구원&lt;br /&gt;
|전공= 인문정보학, 디지털 인문학&lt;br /&gt;
|사진= Lyndsey.jpg&lt;br /&gt;
|위키아이디= lyndsey&lt;br /&gt;
|메일= &lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==소개==&lt;br /&gt;
Hello!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===학력===&lt;br /&gt;
*2017-Present: [http://aks.ac.kr Academy of Korean Studies], Cultural Informatics, PhD Program&lt;br /&gt;
**고전번역학 수업&lt;br /&gt;
***학생 : [[디지털 시대의 고전 번역 I|2018-1 디지털 시대의 고전 번역 I]] / [[디지털 시대의 고전 번역 II|2018-2 디지털 시대의 고전 번역 II]]&lt;br /&gt;
***조교 : [[2021-1 디지털 시대의 고전 번역 I]]&lt;br /&gt;
*2015-2017: Academy of Korean Studies, Cultural Informatics, Masters Program&lt;br /&gt;
*2010-2014: University of Michigan, Asian Studies '''''GO BLUE!'''''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===경력===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==내가 기억하는 문화유산==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===리스트===&lt;br /&gt;
#Sin Yun-bok&lt;br /&gt;
##Girl Wearing Jeonmo&lt;br /&gt;
#Vermeer&lt;br /&gt;
##Meisje met de Parel&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===갤러리===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:신윤복_전모를_쓴_여인.jpg|thumb|신윤복의 &amp;quot;전모를 쓴 여인&amp;quot;]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Vermeer_Meisje_met_de_parel.jpg||thumb|&amp;quot;Meisje met de Parel&amp;quot; by Vermeer]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;gallery mode=packed heights=220px caption=&amp;quot;Lyndsey's Favorite Paintings&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
File:신윤복_전모를_쓴_여인.jpg|신윤복의 &amp;quot;전모를 쓴 여인&amp;quot;&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;[https://www.museum.go.kr/site/main/relic/search/view?relicId=1017 국립중앙박물관]&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
File:Vermeer_Meisje_met_de_parel.jpg|&amp;quot;Meisje met de Parel&amp;quot; by Vermeer &amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;[https://www.mauritshuis.nl/en/discover/mauritshuis/masterpieces-from-the-mauritshuis/girl-with-a-pearl-earring-670/ Maruitshuis]&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===시맨틱 정보 표===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{|class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;text-align:center; &lt;br /&gt;
!Subject||Relation||Object&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Vermeer||painted||[[Meisje met de Parel]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[신윤복]]||painted ||[[전모를 쓴 여인]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Meisje met de Parel]]||hasType||[[painting]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[전모를 쓴 여인]]||hasType||[[painting]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[전모를 쓴 여인]]||isHeldBy||[[국립중앙박물관]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Meisje met de Parel]]||isHeldBy||[[Mauritshuis]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==References==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;references/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[분류:인물]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[분류:한국학중앙연구원]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[분류:인문정보학]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[분류:여자]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[분류:디지털 시대의 고전 번역]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Lyndsey</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>http://dh.aks.ac.kr/~classics/wiki/index.php?title=MediaWiki_Syntax_Guide&amp;diff=4297</id>
		<title>MediaWiki Syntax Guide</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://dh.aks.ac.kr/~classics/wiki/index.php?title=MediaWiki_Syntax_Guide&amp;diff=4297"/>
				<updated>2021-03-11T06:51:34Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Lyndsey: /* Further Reading */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;This page summarizes the basic information you need to know to be able to structure and style a page on MediaWiki. MediaWiki syntax is easy to use with just a little practice!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Introduction==&lt;br /&gt;
What is syntax? In the case of MediaWiki, it is basically a language of formatting shortcuts. By using certain symbols easily typed from your keyboard, you can change the way the page looks, add links, and organize the page content. No need to learn any complicated coding! &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Syntax may also be called markup or wikitext.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Later you may want to also to use HTML, but at first, it will not be neccessary. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Making and Account/Login==&lt;br /&gt;
To make an account, click the 계정 만들기 button at the top. Select a username and password. '''''We cannot get your password back! You must remember it yourself! Please write it down!!''''' Then solve the simple math equation. This math equation is meant to make sure you are a real human being!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Preferences==&lt;br /&gt;
If you prefer to change the language of the wiki, you can go to preferences/설정 to change which language the page is shown in. You can also change other settings there as well, if you so choose. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Making a New Page==&lt;br /&gt;
There are two ways to make a new page. &lt;br /&gt;
# Search for the page you want in the search bar, and then select the red link to make the page. &lt;br /&gt;
# Make an [MediaWiki Syntax Guide#Links|internal link] in a page, and then click that link to be taken to a creation page. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Read, Edit, and History==&lt;br /&gt;
On the top of each page, there are three tabs next to the search bar. &lt;br /&gt;
*Read: This is the actual wiki page people will read&lt;br /&gt;
*Edit: This is the page where you can edit the content of the wiki page. &lt;br /&gt;
*View history: This is a page where you can see which users made which edits and when they made those edits.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Next to each section header, you will also see a small &amp;quot;Edit&amp;quot; link. This link can be used when you need to edit only a single section of the page. It is highly recommended to always edit via these section edit links for two reasons:&lt;br /&gt;
*First, it allows for two people to simultaneously edit different sections of a single wiki page. If the entire page is being edited, only one person can edit it at a time.&lt;br /&gt;
*Second, it minimizes the chances for serious editing mistakes which may delete large parts of the page. Almost always, the previous version of the page can be recovered, but it is a hassle that is best to be avoided.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Sections / Table of Contents==&lt;br /&gt;
You can create sections and sub-sections on a wiki page. These will automatically compile a table of contents that will appear at the top of the page. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To make a section use equal symbols around the section title, like this:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 &amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;=Section Header=&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To make a sub-section below that, keep adding. more equal signs, like this:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 &amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;==Section Header==&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
 &amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;===Section Header===&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
 &amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;====Section Header====&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Lists==&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Further reading: [https://www.mediawiki.org/wiki/Help:Lists MediaWiki Help:Lists]'''&lt;br /&gt;
There are two main ways to make lists: bullet points and numbered lists. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Bullets===&lt;br /&gt;
To make a bullet point list, use the star symbol '''&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;*&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;''' and write the content of the bullet point after the star. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 &amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;*Bullet&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It will appear like this:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Bullet&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can make multiple levels of the bullet points, as in the example below:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 &amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;*Point 1&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
 &amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;*Point 2&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
 &amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;**Point 2.1&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
 &amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;**Point 2.2&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
 &amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;***Point 2.2.1&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
 &amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;**Point 2.3&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
 &amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;*Point 3&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Which appears as:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Point 1&lt;br /&gt;
*Point 2&lt;br /&gt;
**Point 2.1&lt;br /&gt;
**Point 2.2&lt;br /&gt;
***Point 2.2.1&lt;br /&gt;
**Point 2.3&lt;br /&gt;
*Point 3&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Numbers===&lt;br /&gt;
A number list is like a bullet point list, but uses the hashtag symbol '''&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;#&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;''' instead of the star symbol.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For example, the following mar:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 &amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;#Types of Computers&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
 &amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;##Laptops&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
 &amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;###MacBook Pro&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
 &amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;### HP Spectre&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
 &amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;##Desktops&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
 &amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;##Servers &amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Is rendered as:&lt;br /&gt;
#Types of Computers&lt;br /&gt;
##Laptops&lt;br /&gt;
###MacBook Pro&lt;br /&gt;
### HP Spectre&lt;br /&gt;
##Desktops&lt;br /&gt;
##Servers&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Bold and Italic==&lt;br /&gt;
Bold and italic are applied using apostrophes. Two apostrophes around some content makes it ''italic''. Three apostrophes around some content makes it '''bold'''. Five apostrophes (two plus three) around some content makes it '''''bold-italic'''''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 &amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;''Italic''&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
 &amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;'''Bold'''&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
 &amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;'''''Bold-italic'''''&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Links==&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Further reading: [https://www.mediawiki.org/wiki/Help:Links MediaWiki Help:Links]'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are two kinds of links on a wiki page. External links redirect to another website. Internal links link to a page within the same wiki (in our case, the ~classics/wiki). Both types of links use the square bracket &amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;[]&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt; symbols, but there are some differences. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===External===&lt;br /&gt;
External links use single brackets and need a URL, as is shown. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 &amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;[http://aks.ac.kr]&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This results in a tiny, clickable link symbol:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[http://aks.ac.kr]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
However, if we want a word or multiple words to form a link, we should leave a space after the URL and the write the desired words as is shown:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 &amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;This link redirects to the [http://aks.ac.kr Academy of Korean Studies homepage].&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Which renders as:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This link redirects to the [http://aks.ac.kr Academy of Korean Studies homepage].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Internal===&lt;br /&gt;
Internal links use double brackets. Place the name of the wiki page between the brackets.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 &amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;[[Name of Page Goes Here]]&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If the link appears as red, it means that no one has yet created a page with that name. If you click it, you will be redirected to a &amp;quot;Create page&amp;quot; page. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Uncreated page]] in red. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If it is blue, then the page exists. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[대문]] in blue.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
What if we want the link to read something different from the page name? After the page name, use a vertical bar &amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;( | )&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt; and then write the words you want to appear after that bar, as shown below. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 &amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;[[대문|Main page of the Korean Classics and Global Communications Department Wiki]]&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This will link to the page named &amp;quot;대문&amp;quot; but appear as: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[대문|Main page of the Korean Classics and Global Communications Department Wiki]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Upload==&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Further reading: [https://www.mediawiki.org/wiki/Help:Upload MediaWiki Help:Upload]'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To upload a file, click the [[특수:올리기|Upload file/파일 올리기]] link in the left navigation bas on the wiki (below the logo). There, you can upload the source file from your computer. The following file formats are permitted for use:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*png, gif, jpg, jpeg, pdf, xlsx, xls, hwp, zip&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Once the source file has been selected, you can rename the file and add a description. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Please remember the file name! If you forget, you can use the [[특수:파일]] page to try to find your file. &lt;br /&gt;
*Also, MediaWiki distinguishes between upper and lowercase letters, so .JPG and .jpg will be understood differently. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Then, click the upload file button, and your file will be uploaded to the wiki and you will be able to link to it.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Multimedia==&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Further reading: [https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Help:Pictures Wikipedia Help:Pictures]'''&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Further reading: [https://www.mediawiki.org/wiki/Help:Images MediaWiki Help:Images]'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Photos (and other media files for that matter) are linked to using the same double square brackets as interal links. However, before the file name, you must include &amp;quot;File:&amp;quot; or &amp;quot;파일:&amp;quot; for it to be recognized as a media file. You can add other details, such as the pixel size, location on the page, and caption using the vertical bar, as shown in the examples below. If you just want to link to the file without showing it, you can use &amp;quot;Media&amp;quot; or &amp;quot;미디어&amp;quot; instead of &amp;quot;File&amp;quot; or &amp;quot;파일.&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;[[파일:File.jpg]]&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;''' to use the full version of the file&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;[[파일:File.jpg|200px|thumb|left|alt text]]&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;''' to use a 200 pixel wide rendition in a box in the left margin with &amp;quot;alt text&amp;quot; as description&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;[[미디어:File.jpg]]&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;''' for directly linking to the file without displaying the file&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Examples====&lt;br /&gt;
[[파일:Vermeer_Meisje_met_de_parel.jpg|100px|thumb|left|Vermeer's paining as a thumbnail on the left of the page]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[파일:Vermeer_Meisje_met_de_parel.jpg|100px|thumb|Vermeer's paining as a thumbnail on the right of the page (default)]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[파일:Vermeer_Meisje_met_de_parel.jpg|200px|center]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[미디어:Vermeer_Meisje_met_de_parel.jpg|Vermeer's &amp;quot;Meisje met de Parel&amp;quot;]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 *&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;[[파일:Vermeer_Meisje_met_de_parel.jpg|100px|thumb|left|Vermeer's paining as a thumbnail on the left of the page]]&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
 *&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;[[파일:Vermeer_Meisje_met_de_parel.jpg|100px|thumb|Vermeer's paining as a thumbnail on the right of the page (default)]]&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
 *&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;[[파일:Vermeer_Meisje_met_de_parel.jpg|200px|center]]&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt; The paining in the center&lt;br /&gt;
 *&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;[[미디어:Vermeer_Meisje_met_de_parel.jpg|Vermeer's &amp;quot;Meisje met de Parel&amp;quot;]]&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt; An internal link to the painting file itself&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Galleries==&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Further reading: [https://www.mediawiki.org/wiki/Help:Gallery MediaWiki Help:Gallery]'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To make a gallery, you can use the gallery tag '''&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;&amp;lt;gallery&amp;gt; &amp;lt;/gallery&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;.''' Inside the first gallery tag, you can add attributes such as mode, photo height, caption, etc. Between the opening and closing gallery tags, each photo you want to put inside the gallery should be listed on its own line beginning with &amp;quot;&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;File:&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&amp;quot;. Following the photo link, a vertical bar ( | ) can be added, followed by other content, such as a caption. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 &amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;&amp;lt;gallery mode=packed heights=220px caption=&amp;quot;Favorite Paintings&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
 &amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;File:신윤복_전모를_쓴_여인.jpg|신윤복 &amp;quot;전모를 쓴 여인&amp;quot;&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
 &amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;File:Vermeer_Meisje_met_de_parel.jpg|Vermeer &amp;quot;Meisje met de Parel&amp;quot;&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
 &amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/gallery&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Which will appear as:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;gallery mode=packed heights=220px caption=&amp;quot;Gallery Sample&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
File:신윤복_전모를_쓴_여인.jpg|신윤복 &amp;quot;전모를 쓴 여인&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
File:Vermeer_Meisje_met_de_parel.jpg|Vermeer &amp;quot;Meisje met de Parel&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Table==&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Further reading: [https://www.mediawiki.org/wiki/Help:Tables MediaWiki Help:Tables]'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Tables can also be easily made in wiki. The table starts and ends with a bracket and a vertical bar: '''&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;{|   |}&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On the first line, immediately following the bracket and vertical bar, the wikitable class (which tells the software that this is a table) and other style features are listed, with a semi-colon at the end of the list. It should look something like this:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 &amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;{|class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;text-align:center; &amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The next line starts with an exclamation mark and denotes the heading row of the table. Each box in the row should be separated by two vertical bars. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 &amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;! 주어 || 서술어 || 목적어&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On the next line is a vertical bar with dash, which denotes the line between rows: '''&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;|- &amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Next, on the following line, to create the first regular row of the table, start with a vertical bar, and each box is separated by two vertical bars:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 &amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;| 연소답청 || -의 일부이다 || 신윤복필 풍속도 화첩 (申潤福筆 風俗圖 畵帖)&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Then, repeat the pattern until all the rows have been filled. And on the last line finish with the bar and curled bracket. In total, the table should looks something like the following:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 &amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;{|class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;text-align:center;&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
 &amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;! 주어 || 서술어 || 목적어&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
 &amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;|-&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
 &amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;| 연소답청 || -의 일부이다 || 신윤복필 풍속도 화첩 (申潤福筆 風俗圖 畵帖)&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
 &amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;|-&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
 &amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;| 신윤복필 풍속도 화첩 (申潤福筆 風俗圖 畵帖) || -에 소장되어있다 || 간송미술관&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
 &amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;|-&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
 &amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;| 신윤복필 풍속도 화첩 (申潤福筆 風俗圖 畵帖) || -에 포함된다 || 국보&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
 &amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;|}&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Template==&lt;br /&gt;
A template (called 틀 in Korean) is a pre-made form to display information using variables. This means it can be reused many times for different purposes in a more efficient way. For now, it is just important to know how to fill in a template. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The most common template is the infobox, found on the top right-hand side of many pages. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can find the template on other pages and copy-paste from there, or search for the template via the name &amp;quot;'''Template:Template Name Here'''&amp;quot; and there will usually be a set of text you can copy-paste onto the page you are editing. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 &amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;{{수강생정보&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
 &amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;|이름= &amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
 &amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;|한자= &amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
 &amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;|영문= &amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
 &amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;|소속= &amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
 &amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;|전공= &amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
 &amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;|사진= &amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
 &amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;|위키아이디= &amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
 &amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;|메일= &amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
 &amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;}}&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As shown in the example above, the template starts and ends with double brackets. On the first line is the name of the template. From the next line, each line starts with a vertical bar, followed by the name of a variable, and an equals sign. Following the equals sign, you can enter the information you want to appear in that part of the template, as shown below. You can also leave them blank if you need. The last line ends with double-brackets, closing the template. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 &amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;{{수강생정보&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
 &amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;|이름= 메리&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
 &amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;|한자= &amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
 &amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;|영문= Mary&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
 &amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;|소속= AKS&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
 &amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;|전공= History&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
 &amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;|사진= Mary.jpg&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
 &amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;|위키아이디= mary&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
 &amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;|메일= mary@aks.ac.kr&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
 &amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;}}&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Categories==&lt;br /&gt;
One of the most useful and important features of a wiki is the categories feature. Each page can be put into categories, and this allows them to be found in category pages with similar pages. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To add a page to a category, simply add the following to the bottom of the page:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 &amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;[[Catetory:Category Name]]&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
 &amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;OR&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
 &amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;[[분류:분류 이름]]&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Each page can have multiple categories. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
However, it is important to have a clear category organization system so that overlapping/duplicate categories are not made.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Citations and References==&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Further reading: [https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Help:Referencing_for_beginners Wikipedia Help:Referencing for Beginners]'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It is extremely important to include clear citations - where the information came from, i.e. information or media sources. To add a footnote, the reference tag can be used:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 &amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;Put the citation here!&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; &amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Such a reference will appear on the page like this.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;Sample references are the best!&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Then, at the bottom of the page, if you add the following tag, all the references on the page will appear listed in order as footnotes automatically:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 &amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;&amp;lt;references/&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You should be able to see the reference from the example above below, as I used the references tag below: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;references/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Further Reading==&lt;br /&gt;
*[http://digerati.aks.ac.kr/2016hanmun/wiki.pdf Wiki Syntax PPT for Hanmun Workshop 2016 (Kang, Hae-won and Lyndsey Twining)] / [http://dh.aks.ac.kr/Edu/wiki/index.php/%EC%9C%84%ED%82%A4_%EB%AC%B8%EC%84%9C_%EC%A0%9C%EC%9E%91_%EB%B0%A9%EB%B2%95 위키문서 제작 방법 (김현)] &lt;br /&gt;
*[https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Help:Cheatsheet Wikipedia Help:Cheatsheet] / [https://ko.wikipedia.org/wiki/%EC%9C%84%ED%82%A4%EB%B0%B1%EA%B3%BC:%EC%9C%84%ED%82%A4%EB%AC%B8%EB%B2%95_%EC%9A%94%EC%95%BD 위키문법 요약 (한국어)]&lt;br /&gt;
*[https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Help:Wikitext Wikipedia Help:Wikitext] / [https://ko.wikipedia.org/wiki/%EC%9C%84%ED%82%A4%EB%B0%B1%EA%B3%BC:%EC%9C%84%ED%82%A4_%EB%AC%B8%EB%B2%95 위키 문법(한국어)]&lt;br /&gt;
*[https://www.mediawiki.org/wiki/Category:Help MediaWiki Help Category]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*검색어 : 미디어위키/MediaWiki + OO (예: 미디어위키 표 만들기, 미디어위키 링크, 미디어위키 사진 올리기)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Reference Material]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Lyndsey</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>http://dh.aks.ac.kr/~classics/wiki/index.php?title=MediaWiki_Syntax_Guide&amp;diff=4295</id>
		<title>MediaWiki Syntax Guide</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://dh.aks.ac.kr/~classics/wiki/index.php?title=MediaWiki_Syntax_Guide&amp;diff=4295"/>
				<updated>2021-03-11T06:36:15Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Lyndsey: /* Further Reading */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;This page summarizes the basic information you need to know to be able to structure and style a page on MediaWiki. MediaWiki syntax is easy to use with just a little practice!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Introduction==&lt;br /&gt;
What is syntax? In the case of MediaWiki, it is basically a language of formatting shortcuts. By using certain symbols easily typed from your keyboard, you can change the way the page looks, add links, and organize the page content. No need to learn any complicated coding! &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Syntax may also be called markup or wikitext.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Later you may want to also to use HTML, but at first, it will not be neccessary. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Making and Account/Login==&lt;br /&gt;
To make an account, click the 계정 만들기 button at the top. Select a username and password. '''''We cannot get your password back! You must remember it yourself! Please write it down!!''''' Then solve the simple math equation. This math equation is meant to make sure you are a real human being!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Preferences==&lt;br /&gt;
If you prefer to change the language of the wiki, you can go to preferences/설정 to change which language the page is shown in. You can also change other settings there as well, if you so choose. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Making a New Page==&lt;br /&gt;
There are two ways to make a new page. &lt;br /&gt;
# Search for the page you want in the search bar, and then select the red link to make the page. &lt;br /&gt;
# Make an [MediaWiki Syntax Guide#Links|internal link] in a page, and then click that link to be taken to a creation page. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Read, Edit, and History==&lt;br /&gt;
On the top of each page, there are three tabs next to the search bar. &lt;br /&gt;
*Read: This is the actual wiki page people will read&lt;br /&gt;
*Edit: This is the page where you can edit the content of the wiki page. &lt;br /&gt;
*View history: This is a page where you can see which users made which edits and when they made those edits.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Next to each section header, you will also see a small &amp;quot;Edit&amp;quot; link. This link can be used when you need to edit only a single section of the page. It is highly recommended to always edit via these section edit links for two reasons:&lt;br /&gt;
*First, it allows for two people to simultaneously edit different sections of a single wiki page. If the entire page is being edited, only one person can edit it at a time.&lt;br /&gt;
*Second, it minimizes the chances for serious editing mistakes which may delete large parts of the page. Almost always, the previous version of the page can be recovered, but it is a hassle that is best to be avoided.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Sections / Table of Contents==&lt;br /&gt;
You can create sections and sub-sections on a wiki page. These will automatically compile a table of contents that will appear at the top of the page. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To make a section use equal symbols around the section title, like this:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 &amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;=Section Header=&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To make a sub-section below that, keep adding. more equal signs, like this:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 &amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;==Section Header==&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
 &amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;===Section Header===&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
 &amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;====Section Header====&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Lists==&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Further reading: [https://www.mediawiki.org/wiki/Help:Lists MediaWiki Help:Lists]'''&lt;br /&gt;
There are two main ways to make lists: bullet points and numbered lists. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Bullets===&lt;br /&gt;
To make a bullet point list, use the star symbol '''&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;*&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;''' and write the content of the bullet point after the star. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 &amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;*Bullet&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It will appear like this:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Bullet&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can make multiple levels of the bullet points, as in the example below:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 &amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;*Point 1&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
 &amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;*Point 2&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
 &amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;**Point 2.1&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
 &amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;**Point 2.2&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
 &amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;***Point 2.2.1&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
 &amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;**Point 2.3&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
 &amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;*Point 3&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Which appears as:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Point 1&lt;br /&gt;
*Point 2&lt;br /&gt;
**Point 2.1&lt;br /&gt;
**Point 2.2&lt;br /&gt;
***Point 2.2.1&lt;br /&gt;
**Point 2.3&lt;br /&gt;
*Point 3&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Numbers===&lt;br /&gt;
A number list is like a bullet point list, but uses the hashtag symbol '''&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;#&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;''' instead of the star symbol.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For example, the following mar:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 &amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;#Types of Computers&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
 &amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;##Laptops&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
 &amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;###MacBook Pro&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
 &amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;### HP Spectre&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
 &amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;##Desktops&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
 &amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;##Servers &amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Is rendered as:&lt;br /&gt;
#Types of Computers&lt;br /&gt;
##Laptops&lt;br /&gt;
###MacBook Pro&lt;br /&gt;
### HP Spectre&lt;br /&gt;
##Desktops&lt;br /&gt;
##Servers&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Bold and Italic==&lt;br /&gt;
Bold and italic are applied using apostrophes. Two apostrophes around some content makes it ''italic''. Three apostrophes around some content makes it '''bold'''. Five apostrophes (two plus three) around some content makes it '''''bold-italic'''''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 &amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;''Italic''&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
 &amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;'''Bold'''&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
 &amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;'''''Bold-italic'''''&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Links==&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Further reading: [https://www.mediawiki.org/wiki/Help:Links MediaWiki Help:Links]'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are two kinds of links on a wiki page. External links redirect to another website. Internal links link to a page within the same wiki (in our case, the ~classics/wiki). Both types of links use the square bracket &amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;[]&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt; symbols, but there are some differences. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===External===&lt;br /&gt;
External links use single brackets and need a URL, as is shown. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 &amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;[http://aks.ac.kr]&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This results in a tiny, clickable link symbol:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[http://aks.ac.kr]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
However, if we want a word or multiple words to form a link, we should leave a space after the URL and the write the desired words as is shown:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 &amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;This link redirects to the [http://aks.ac.kr Academy of Korean Studies homepage].&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Which renders as:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This link redirects to the [http://aks.ac.kr Academy of Korean Studies homepage].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Internal===&lt;br /&gt;
Internal links use double brackets. Place the name of the wiki page between the brackets.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 &amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;[[Name of Page Goes Here]]&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If the link appears as red, it means that no one has yet created a page with that name. If you click it, you will be redirected to a &amp;quot;Create page&amp;quot; page. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Uncreated page]] in red. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If it is blue, then the page exists. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[대문]] in blue.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
What if we want the link to read something different from the page name? After the page name, use a vertical bar &amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;( | )&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt; and then write the words you want to appear after that bar, as shown below. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 &amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;[[대문|Main page of the Korean Classics and Global Communications Department Wiki]]&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This will link to the page named &amp;quot;대문&amp;quot; but appear as: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[대문|Main page of the Korean Classics and Global Communications Department Wiki]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Upload==&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Further reading: [https://www.mediawiki.org/wiki/Help:Upload MediaWiki Help:Upload]'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To upload a file, click the [[특수:올리기|Upload file/파일 올리기]] link in the left navigation bas on the wiki (below the logo). There, you can upload the source file from your computer. The following file formats are permitted for use:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*png, gif, jpg, jpeg, pdf, xlsx, xls, hwp, zip&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Once the source file has been selected, you can rename the file and add a description. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Please remember the file name! If you forget, you can use the [[특수:파일]] page to try to find your file. &lt;br /&gt;
*Also, MediaWiki distinguishes between upper and lowercase letters, so .JPG and .jpg will be understood differently. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Then, click the upload file button, and your file will be uploaded to the wiki and you will be able to link to it.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Multimedia==&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Further reading: [https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Help:Pictures Wikipedia Help:Pictures]'''&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Further reading: [https://www.mediawiki.org/wiki/Help:Images MediaWiki Help:Images]'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Photos (and other media files for that matter) are linked to using the same double square brackets as interal links. However, before the file name, you must include &amp;quot;File:&amp;quot; or &amp;quot;파일:&amp;quot; for it to be recognized as a media file. You can add other details, such as the pixel size, location on the page, and caption using the vertical bar, as shown in the examples below. If you just want to link to the file without showing it, you can use &amp;quot;Media&amp;quot; or &amp;quot;미디어&amp;quot; instead of &amp;quot;File&amp;quot; or &amp;quot;파일.&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;[[파일:File.jpg]]&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;''' to use the full version of the file&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;[[파일:File.jpg|200px|thumb|left|alt text]]&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;''' to use a 200 pixel wide rendition in a box in the left margin with &amp;quot;alt text&amp;quot; as description&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;[[미디어:File.jpg]]&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;''' for directly linking to the file without displaying the file&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Examples====&lt;br /&gt;
[[파일:Vermeer_Meisje_met_de_parel.jpg|100px|thumb|left|Vermeer's paining as a thumbnail on the left of the page]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[파일:Vermeer_Meisje_met_de_parel.jpg|100px|thumb|Vermeer's paining as a thumbnail on the right of the page (default)]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[파일:Vermeer_Meisje_met_de_parel.jpg|200px|center]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[미디어:Vermeer_Meisje_met_de_parel.jpg|Vermeer's &amp;quot;Meisje met de Parel&amp;quot;]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 *&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;[[파일:Vermeer_Meisje_met_de_parel.jpg|100px|thumb|left|Vermeer's paining as a thumbnail on the left of the page]]&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
 *&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;[[파일:Vermeer_Meisje_met_de_parel.jpg|100px|thumb|Vermeer's paining as a thumbnail on the right of the page (default)]]&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
 *&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;[[파일:Vermeer_Meisje_met_de_parel.jpg|200px|center]]&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt; The paining in the center&lt;br /&gt;
 *&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;[[미디어:Vermeer_Meisje_met_de_parel.jpg|Vermeer's &amp;quot;Meisje met de Parel&amp;quot;]]&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt; An internal link to the painting file itself&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Galleries==&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Further reading: [https://www.mediawiki.org/wiki/Help:Gallery MediaWiki Help:Gallery]'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To make a gallery, you can use the gallery tag '''&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;&amp;lt;gallery&amp;gt; &amp;lt;/gallery&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;.''' Inside the first gallery tag, you can add attributes such as mode, photo height, caption, etc. Between the opening and closing gallery tags, each photo you want to put inside the gallery should be listed on its own line beginning with &amp;quot;&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;File:&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&amp;quot;. Following the photo link, a vertical bar ( | ) can be added, followed by other content, such as a caption. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 &amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;&amp;lt;gallery mode=packed heights=220px caption=&amp;quot;Favorite Paintings&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
 &amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;File:신윤복_전모를_쓴_여인.jpg|신윤복 &amp;quot;전모를 쓴 여인&amp;quot;&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
 &amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;File:Vermeer_Meisje_met_de_parel.jpg|Vermeer &amp;quot;Meisje met de Parel&amp;quot;&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
 &amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/gallery&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Which will appear as:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;gallery mode=packed heights=220px caption=&amp;quot;Gallery Sample&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
File:신윤복_전모를_쓴_여인.jpg|신윤복 &amp;quot;전모를 쓴 여인&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
File:Vermeer_Meisje_met_de_parel.jpg|Vermeer &amp;quot;Meisje met de Parel&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Table==&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Further reading: [https://www.mediawiki.org/wiki/Help:Tables MediaWiki Help:Tables]'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Tables can also be easily made in wiki. The table starts and ends with a bracket and a vertical bar: '''&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;{|   |}&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On the first line, immediately following the bracket and vertical bar, the wikitable class (which tells the software that this is a table) and other style features are listed, with a semi-colon at the end of the list. It should look something like this:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 &amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;{|class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;text-align:center; &amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The next line starts with an exclamation mark and denotes the heading row of the table. Each box in the row should be separated by two vertical bars. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 &amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;! 주어 || 서술어 || 목적어&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On the next line is a vertical bar with dash, which denotes the line between rows: '''&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;|- &amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Next, on the following line, to create the first regular row of the table, start with a vertical bar, and each box is separated by two vertical bars:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 &amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;| 연소답청 || -의 일부이다 || 신윤복필 풍속도 화첩 (申潤福筆 風俗圖 畵帖)&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Then, repeat the pattern until all the rows have been filled. And on the last line finish with the bar and curled bracket. In total, the table should looks something like the following:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 &amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;{|class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;text-align:center;&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
 &amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;! 주어 || 서술어 || 목적어&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
 &amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;|-&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
 &amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;| 연소답청 || -의 일부이다 || 신윤복필 풍속도 화첩 (申潤福筆 風俗圖 畵帖)&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
 &amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;|-&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
 &amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;| 신윤복필 풍속도 화첩 (申潤福筆 風俗圖 畵帖) || -에 소장되어있다 || 간송미술관&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
 &amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;|-&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
 &amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;| 신윤복필 풍속도 화첩 (申潤福筆 風俗圖 畵帖) || -에 포함된다 || 국보&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
 &amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;|}&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Template==&lt;br /&gt;
A template (called 틀 in Korean) is a pre-made form to display information using variables. This means it can be reused many times for different purposes in a more efficient way. For now, it is just important to know how to fill in a template. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The most common template is the infobox, found on the top right-hand side of many pages. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can find the template on other pages and copy-paste from there, or search for the template via the name &amp;quot;'''Template:Template Name Here'''&amp;quot; and there will usually be a set of text you can copy-paste onto the page you are editing. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 &amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;{{수강생정보&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
 &amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;|이름= &amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
 &amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;|한자= &amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
 &amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;|영문= &amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
 &amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;|소속= &amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
 &amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;|전공= &amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
 &amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;|사진= &amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
 &amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;|위키아이디= &amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
 &amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;|메일= &amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
 &amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;}}&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As shown in the example above, the template starts and ends with double brackets. On the first line is the name of the template. From the next line, each line starts with a vertical bar, followed by the name of a variable, and an equals sign. Following the equals sign, you can enter the information you want to appear in that part of the template, as shown below. You can also leave them blank if you need. The last line ends with double-brackets, closing the template. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 &amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;{{수강생정보&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
 &amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;|이름= 메리&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
 &amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;|한자= &amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
 &amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;|영문= Mary&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
 &amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;|소속= AKS&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
 &amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;|전공= History&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
 &amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;|사진= Mary.jpg&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
 &amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;|위키아이디= mary&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
 &amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;|메일= mary@aks.ac.kr&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
 &amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;}}&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Categories==&lt;br /&gt;
One of the most useful and important features of a wiki is the categories feature. Each page can be put into categories, and this allows them to be found in category pages with similar pages. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To add a page to a category, simply add the following to the bottom of the page:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 &amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;[[Catetory:Category Name]]&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
 &amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;OR&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
 &amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;[[분류:분류 이름]]&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Each page can have multiple categories. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
However, it is important to have a clear category organization system so that overlapping/duplicate categories are not made.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Citations and References==&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Further reading: [https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Help:Referencing_for_beginners Wikipedia Help:Referencing for Beginners]'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It is extremely important to include clear citations - where the information came from, i.e. information or media sources. To add a footnote, the reference tag can be used:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 &amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;Put the citation here!&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; &amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Such a reference will appear on the page like this.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;Sample references are the best!&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Then, at the bottom of the page, if you add the following tag, all the references on the page will appear listed in order as footnotes automatically:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 &amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;&amp;lt;references/&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You should be able to see the reference from the example above below, as I used the references tag below: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;references/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Further Reading==&lt;br /&gt;
*[http://digerati.aks.ac.kr/2016hanmun/wiki.pdf Wiki Syntax PPT for Hanmun Workshop 2016 (Kang, Hae-won and Lyndsey Twining)]&lt;br /&gt;
*[http://dh.aks.ac.kr/Edu/wiki/index.php/%EC%9C%84%ED%82%A4_%EB%AC%B8%EC%84%9C_%EC%A0%9C%EC%9E%91_%EB%B0%A9%EB%B2%95 위키문서 제작 방법]&lt;br /&gt;
*[https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Help:Cheatsheet Wikipedia Help:Cheatsheet] / [https://ko.wikipedia.org/wiki/%EC%9C%84%ED%82%A4%EB%B0%B1%EA%B3%BC:%EC%9C%84%ED%82%A4%EB%AC%B8%EB%B2%95_%EC%9A%94%EC%95%BD 위키문법 요약 (한국어)]&lt;br /&gt;
*[https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Help:Wikitext Wikipedia Help:Wikitext] / [https://ko.wikipedia.org/wiki/%EC%9C%84%ED%82%A4%EB%B0%B1%EA%B3%BC:%EC%9C%84%ED%82%A4_%EB%AC%B8%EB%B2%95 위키 문법(한국어)]&lt;br /&gt;
*[https://www.mediawiki.org/wiki/Category:Help MediaWiki Help Category]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*검색어 : 미디어위키/MediaWiki + OO (예: 미디어위키 표 만들기, 미디어위키 링크, 미디어위키 사진 올리기)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Reference Material]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Lyndsey</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>http://dh.aks.ac.kr/~classics/wiki/index.php?title=MediaWiki_Syntax_Guide&amp;diff=4294</id>
		<title>MediaWiki Syntax Guide</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://dh.aks.ac.kr/~classics/wiki/index.php?title=MediaWiki_Syntax_Guide&amp;diff=4294"/>
				<updated>2021-03-11T06:35:47Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Lyndsey: /* Further Reading */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;This page summarizes the basic information you need to know to be able to structure and style a page on MediaWiki. MediaWiki syntax is easy to use with just a little practice!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Introduction==&lt;br /&gt;
What is syntax? In the case of MediaWiki, it is basically a language of formatting shortcuts. By using certain symbols easily typed from your keyboard, you can change the way the page looks, add links, and organize the page content. No need to learn any complicated coding! &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Syntax may also be called markup or wikitext.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Later you may want to also to use HTML, but at first, it will not be neccessary. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Making and Account/Login==&lt;br /&gt;
To make an account, click the 계정 만들기 button at the top. Select a username and password. '''''We cannot get your password back! You must remember it yourself! Please write it down!!''''' Then solve the simple math equation. This math equation is meant to make sure you are a real human being!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Preferences==&lt;br /&gt;
If you prefer to change the language of the wiki, you can go to preferences/설정 to change which language the page is shown in. You can also change other settings there as well, if you so choose. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Making a New Page==&lt;br /&gt;
There are two ways to make a new page. &lt;br /&gt;
# Search for the page you want in the search bar, and then select the red link to make the page. &lt;br /&gt;
# Make an [MediaWiki Syntax Guide#Links|internal link] in a page, and then click that link to be taken to a creation page. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Read, Edit, and History==&lt;br /&gt;
On the top of each page, there are three tabs next to the search bar. &lt;br /&gt;
*Read: This is the actual wiki page people will read&lt;br /&gt;
*Edit: This is the page where you can edit the content of the wiki page. &lt;br /&gt;
*View history: This is a page where you can see which users made which edits and when they made those edits.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Next to each section header, you will also see a small &amp;quot;Edit&amp;quot; link. This link can be used when you need to edit only a single section of the page. It is highly recommended to always edit via these section edit links for two reasons:&lt;br /&gt;
*First, it allows for two people to simultaneously edit different sections of a single wiki page. If the entire page is being edited, only one person can edit it at a time.&lt;br /&gt;
*Second, it minimizes the chances for serious editing mistakes which may delete large parts of the page. Almost always, the previous version of the page can be recovered, but it is a hassle that is best to be avoided.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Sections / Table of Contents==&lt;br /&gt;
You can create sections and sub-sections on a wiki page. These will automatically compile a table of contents that will appear at the top of the page. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To make a section use equal symbols around the section title, like this:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 &amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;=Section Header=&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To make a sub-section below that, keep adding. more equal signs, like this:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 &amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;==Section Header==&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
 &amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;===Section Header===&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
 &amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;====Section Header====&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Lists==&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Further reading: [https://www.mediawiki.org/wiki/Help:Lists MediaWiki Help:Lists]'''&lt;br /&gt;
There are two main ways to make lists: bullet points and numbered lists. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Bullets===&lt;br /&gt;
To make a bullet point list, use the star symbol '''&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;*&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;''' and write the content of the bullet point after the star. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 &amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;*Bullet&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It will appear like this:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Bullet&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can make multiple levels of the bullet points, as in the example below:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 &amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;*Point 1&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
 &amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;*Point 2&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
 &amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;**Point 2.1&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
 &amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;**Point 2.2&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
 &amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;***Point 2.2.1&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
 &amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;**Point 2.3&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
 &amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;*Point 3&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Which appears as:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Point 1&lt;br /&gt;
*Point 2&lt;br /&gt;
**Point 2.1&lt;br /&gt;
**Point 2.2&lt;br /&gt;
***Point 2.2.1&lt;br /&gt;
**Point 2.3&lt;br /&gt;
*Point 3&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Numbers===&lt;br /&gt;
A number list is like a bullet point list, but uses the hashtag symbol '''&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;#&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;''' instead of the star symbol.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For example, the following mar:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 &amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;#Types of Computers&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
 &amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;##Laptops&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
 &amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;###MacBook Pro&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
 &amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;### HP Spectre&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
 &amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;##Desktops&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
 &amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;##Servers &amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Is rendered as:&lt;br /&gt;
#Types of Computers&lt;br /&gt;
##Laptops&lt;br /&gt;
###MacBook Pro&lt;br /&gt;
### HP Spectre&lt;br /&gt;
##Desktops&lt;br /&gt;
##Servers&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Bold and Italic==&lt;br /&gt;
Bold and italic are applied using apostrophes. Two apostrophes around some content makes it ''italic''. Three apostrophes around some content makes it '''bold'''. Five apostrophes (two plus three) around some content makes it '''''bold-italic'''''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 &amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;''Italic''&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
 &amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;'''Bold'''&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
 &amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;'''''Bold-italic'''''&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Links==&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Further reading: [https://www.mediawiki.org/wiki/Help:Links MediaWiki Help:Links]'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are two kinds of links on a wiki page. External links redirect to another website. Internal links link to a page within the same wiki (in our case, the ~classics/wiki). Both types of links use the square bracket &amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;[]&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt; symbols, but there are some differences. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===External===&lt;br /&gt;
External links use single brackets and need a URL, as is shown. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 &amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;[http://aks.ac.kr]&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This results in a tiny, clickable link symbol:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[http://aks.ac.kr]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
However, if we want a word or multiple words to form a link, we should leave a space after the URL and the write the desired words as is shown:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 &amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;This link redirects to the [http://aks.ac.kr Academy of Korean Studies homepage].&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Which renders as:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This link redirects to the [http://aks.ac.kr Academy of Korean Studies homepage].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Internal===&lt;br /&gt;
Internal links use double brackets. Place the name of the wiki page between the brackets.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 &amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;[[Name of Page Goes Here]]&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If the link appears as red, it means that no one has yet created a page with that name. If you click it, you will be redirected to a &amp;quot;Create page&amp;quot; page. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Uncreated page]] in red. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If it is blue, then the page exists. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[대문]] in blue.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
What if we want the link to read something different from the page name? After the page name, use a vertical bar &amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;( | )&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt; and then write the words you want to appear after that bar, as shown below. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 &amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;[[대문|Main page of the Korean Classics and Global Communications Department Wiki]]&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This will link to the page named &amp;quot;대문&amp;quot; but appear as: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[대문|Main page of the Korean Classics and Global Communications Department Wiki]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Upload==&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Further reading: [https://www.mediawiki.org/wiki/Help:Upload MediaWiki Help:Upload]'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To upload a file, click the [[특수:올리기|Upload file/파일 올리기]] link in the left navigation bas on the wiki (below the logo). There, you can upload the source file from your computer. The following file formats are permitted for use:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*png, gif, jpg, jpeg, pdf, xlsx, xls, hwp, zip&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Once the source file has been selected, you can rename the file and add a description. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Please remember the file name! If you forget, you can use the [[특수:파일]] page to try to find your file. &lt;br /&gt;
*Also, MediaWiki distinguishes between upper and lowercase letters, so .JPG and .jpg will be understood differently. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Then, click the upload file button, and your file will be uploaded to the wiki and you will be able to link to it.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Multimedia==&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Further reading: [https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Help:Pictures Wikipedia Help:Pictures]'''&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Further reading: [https://www.mediawiki.org/wiki/Help:Images MediaWiki Help:Images]'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Photos (and other media files for that matter) are linked to using the same double square brackets as interal links. However, before the file name, you must include &amp;quot;File:&amp;quot; or &amp;quot;파일:&amp;quot; for it to be recognized as a media file. You can add other details, such as the pixel size, location on the page, and caption using the vertical bar, as shown in the examples below. If you just want to link to the file without showing it, you can use &amp;quot;Media&amp;quot; or &amp;quot;미디어&amp;quot; instead of &amp;quot;File&amp;quot; or &amp;quot;파일.&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;[[파일:File.jpg]]&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;''' to use the full version of the file&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;[[파일:File.jpg|200px|thumb|left|alt text]]&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;''' to use a 200 pixel wide rendition in a box in the left margin with &amp;quot;alt text&amp;quot; as description&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;[[미디어:File.jpg]]&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;''' for directly linking to the file without displaying the file&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Examples====&lt;br /&gt;
[[파일:Vermeer_Meisje_met_de_parel.jpg|100px|thumb|left|Vermeer's paining as a thumbnail on the left of the page]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[파일:Vermeer_Meisje_met_de_parel.jpg|100px|thumb|Vermeer's paining as a thumbnail on the right of the page (default)]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[파일:Vermeer_Meisje_met_de_parel.jpg|200px|center]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[미디어:Vermeer_Meisje_met_de_parel.jpg|Vermeer's &amp;quot;Meisje met de Parel&amp;quot;]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 *&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;[[파일:Vermeer_Meisje_met_de_parel.jpg|100px|thumb|left|Vermeer's paining as a thumbnail on the left of the page]]&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
 *&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;[[파일:Vermeer_Meisje_met_de_parel.jpg|100px|thumb|Vermeer's paining as a thumbnail on the right of the page (default)]]&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
 *&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;[[파일:Vermeer_Meisje_met_de_parel.jpg|200px|center]]&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt; The paining in the center&lt;br /&gt;
 *&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;[[미디어:Vermeer_Meisje_met_de_parel.jpg|Vermeer's &amp;quot;Meisje met de Parel&amp;quot;]]&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt; An internal link to the painting file itself&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Galleries==&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Further reading: [https://www.mediawiki.org/wiki/Help:Gallery MediaWiki Help:Gallery]'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To make a gallery, you can use the gallery tag '''&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;&amp;lt;gallery&amp;gt; &amp;lt;/gallery&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;.''' Inside the first gallery tag, you can add attributes such as mode, photo height, caption, etc. Between the opening and closing gallery tags, each photo you want to put inside the gallery should be listed on its own line beginning with &amp;quot;&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;File:&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&amp;quot;. Following the photo link, a vertical bar ( | ) can be added, followed by other content, such as a caption. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 &amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;&amp;lt;gallery mode=packed heights=220px caption=&amp;quot;Favorite Paintings&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
 &amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;File:신윤복_전모를_쓴_여인.jpg|신윤복 &amp;quot;전모를 쓴 여인&amp;quot;&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
 &amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;File:Vermeer_Meisje_met_de_parel.jpg|Vermeer &amp;quot;Meisje met de Parel&amp;quot;&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
 &amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/gallery&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Which will appear as:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;gallery mode=packed heights=220px caption=&amp;quot;Gallery Sample&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
File:신윤복_전모를_쓴_여인.jpg|신윤복 &amp;quot;전모를 쓴 여인&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
File:Vermeer_Meisje_met_de_parel.jpg|Vermeer &amp;quot;Meisje met de Parel&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Table==&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Further reading: [https://www.mediawiki.org/wiki/Help:Tables MediaWiki Help:Tables]'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Tables can also be easily made in wiki. The table starts and ends with a bracket and a vertical bar: '''&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;{|   |}&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On the first line, immediately following the bracket and vertical bar, the wikitable class (which tells the software that this is a table) and other style features are listed, with a semi-colon at the end of the list. It should look something like this:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 &amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;{|class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;text-align:center; &amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The next line starts with an exclamation mark and denotes the heading row of the table. Each box in the row should be separated by two vertical bars. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 &amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;! 주어 || 서술어 || 목적어&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On the next line is a vertical bar with dash, which denotes the line between rows: '''&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;|- &amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Next, on the following line, to create the first regular row of the table, start with a vertical bar, and each box is separated by two vertical bars:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 &amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;| 연소답청 || -의 일부이다 || 신윤복필 풍속도 화첩 (申潤福筆 風俗圖 畵帖)&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Then, repeat the pattern until all the rows have been filled. And on the last line finish with the bar and curled bracket. In total, the table should looks something like the following:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 &amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;{|class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;text-align:center;&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
 &amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;! 주어 || 서술어 || 목적어&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
 &amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;|-&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
 &amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;| 연소답청 || -의 일부이다 || 신윤복필 풍속도 화첩 (申潤福筆 風俗圖 畵帖)&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
 &amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;|-&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
 &amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;| 신윤복필 풍속도 화첩 (申潤福筆 風俗圖 畵帖) || -에 소장되어있다 || 간송미술관&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
 &amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;|-&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
 &amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;| 신윤복필 풍속도 화첩 (申潤福筆 風俗圖 畵帖) || -에 포함된다 || 국보&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
 &amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;|}&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Template==&lt;br /&gt;
A template (called 틀 in Korean) is a pre-made form to display information using variables. This means it can be reused many times for different purposes in a more efficient way. For now, it is just important to know how to fill in a template. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The most common template is the infobox, found on the top right-hand side of many pages. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can find the template on other pages and copy-paste from there, or search for the template via the name &amp;quot;'''Template:Template Name Here'''&amp;quot; and there will usually be a set of text you can copy-paste onto the page you are editing. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 &amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;{{수강생정보&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
 &amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;|이름= &amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
 &amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;|한자= &amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
 &amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;|영문= &amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
 &amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;|소속= &amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
 &amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;|전공= &amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
 &amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;|사진= &amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
 &amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;|위키아이디= &amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
 &amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;|메일= &amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
 &amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;}}&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As shown in the example above, the template starts and ends with double brackets. On the first line is the name of the template. From the next line, each line starts with a vertical bar, followed by the name of a variable, and an equals sign. Following the equals sign, you can enter the information you want to appear in that part of the template, as shown below. You can also leave them blank if you need. The last line ends with double-brackets, closing the template. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 &amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;{{수강생정보&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
 &amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;|이름= 메리&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
 &amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;|한자= &amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
 &amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;|영문= Mary&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
 &amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;|소속= AKS&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
 &amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;|전공= History&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
 &amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;|사진= Mary.jpg&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
 &amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;|위키아이디= mary&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
 &amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;|메일= mary@aks.ac.kr&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
 &amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;}}&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Categories==&lt;br /&gt;
One of the most useful and important features of a wiki is the categories feature. Each page can be put into categories, and this allows them to be found in category pages with similar pages. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To add a page to a category, simply add the following to the bottom of the page:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 &amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;[[Catetory:Category Name]]&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
 &amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;OR&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
 &amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;[[분류:분류 이름]]&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Each page can have multiple categories. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
However, it is important to have a clear category organization system so that overlapping/duplicate categories are not made.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Citations and References==&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Further reading: [https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Help:Referencing_for_beginners Wikipedia Help:Referencing for Beginners]'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It is extremely important to include clear citations - where the information came from, i.e. information or media sources. To add a footnote, the reference tag can be used:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 &amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;Put the citation here!&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; &amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Such a reference will appear on the page like this.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;Sample references are the best!&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Then, at the bottom of the page, if you add the following tag, all the references on the page will appear listed in order as footnotes automatically:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 &amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;&amp;lt;references/&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You should be able to see the reference from the example above below, as I used the references tag below: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;references/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Further Reading==&lt;br /&gt;
*[http://digerati.aks.ac.kr/2016hanmun/wiki.pdf Wiki Syntax PPT for Hanmun Workshop 2016 (Kang, Hae-won and Lyndsey Twining)]&lt;br /&gt;
*[http://dh.aks.ac.kr/Edu/wiki/index.php/%EC%9C%84%ED%82%A4_%EB%AC%B8%EC%84%9C_%EC%A0%9C%EC%9E%91_%EB%B0%A9%EB%B2%95 위키문서 제작 방법]&lt;br /&gt;
*[https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Help:Cheatsheet Wikipedia Help:Cheatsheet] / [https://ko.wikipedia.org/wiki/%EC%9C%84%ED%82%A4%EB%B0%B1%EA%B3%BC:%EC%9C%84%ED%82%A4%EB%AC%B8%EB%B2%95_%EC%9A%94%EC%95%BD 위키문법 요약 (한국어)]&lt;br /&gt;
*[https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Help:Wikitext Wikipedia Help:Wikitext] / [https://ko.wikipedia.org/wiki/%EC%9C%84%ED%82%A4%EB%B0%B1%EA%B3%BC:%EC%9C%84%ED%82%A4_%EB%AC%B8%EB%B2%95 위키 문법(한국어)]&lt;br /&gt;
*[https://www.mediawiki.org/wiki/Category:Help MediaWiki Help Category]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*검색어 : 미디어위키 + OO (예: 미디어위키 표 만들기, 미디어위키 링크, 미디어위키 사진 올리기)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Reference Material]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Lyndsey</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>http://dh.aks.ac.kr/~classics/wiki/index.php?title=MediaWiki_Syntax_Guide&amp;diff=4293</id>
		<title>MediaWiki Syntax Guide</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://dh.aks.ac.kr/~classics/wiki/index.php?title=MediaWiki_Syntax_Guide&amp;diff=4293"/>
				<updated>2021-03-11T06:32:46Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Lyndsey: /* Further Reading */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;This page summarizes the basic information you need to know to be able to structure and style a page on MediaWiki. MediaWiki syntax is easy to use with just a little practice!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Introduction==&lt;br /&gt;
What is syntax? In the case of MediaWiki, it is basically a language of formatting shortcuts. By using certain symbols easily typed from your keyboard, you can change the way the page looks, add links, and organize the page content. No need to learn any complicated coding! &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Syntax may also be called markup or wikitext.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Later you may want to also to use HTML, but at first, it will not be neccessary. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Making and Account/Login==&lt;br /&gt;
To make an account, click the 계정 만들기 button at the top. Select a username and password. '''''We cannot get your password back! You must remember it yourself! Please write it down!!''''' Then solve the simple math equation. This math equation is meant to make sure you are a real human being!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Preferences==&lt;br /&gt;
If you prefer to change the language of the wiki, you can go to preferences/설정 to change which language the page is shown in. You can also change other settings there as well, if you so choose. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Making a New Page==&lt;br /&gt;
There are two ways to make a new page. &lt;br /&gt;
# Search for the page you want in the search bar, and then select the red link to make the page. &lt;br /&gt;
# Make an [MediaWiki Syntax Guide#Links|internal link] in a page, and then click that link to be taken to a creation page. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Read, Edit, and History==&lt;br /&gt;
On the top of each page, there are three tabs next to the search bar. &lt;br /&gt;
*Read: This is the actual wiki page people will read&lt;br /&gt;
*Edit: This is the page where you can edit the content of the wiki page. &lt;br /&gt;
*View history: This is a page where you can see which users made which edits and when they made those edits.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Next to each section header, you will also see a small &amp;quot;Edit&amp;quot; link. This link can be used when you need to edit only a single section of the page. It is highly recommended to always edit via these section edit links for two reasons:&lt;br /&gt;
*First, it allows for two people to simultaneously edit different sections of a single wiki page. If the entire page is being edited, only one person can edit it at a time.&lt;br /&gt;
*Second, it minimizes the chances for serious editing mistakes which may delete large parts of the page. Almost always, the previous version of the page can be recovered, but it is a hassle that is best to be avoided.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Sections / Table of Contents==&lt;br /&gt;
You can create sections and sub-sections on a wiki page. These will automatically compile a table of contents that will appear at the top of the page. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To make a section use equal symbols around the section title, like this:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 &amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;=Section Header=&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To make a sub-section below that, keep adding. more equal signs, like this:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 &amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;==Section Header==&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
 &amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;===Section Header===&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
 &amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;====Section Header====&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Lists==&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Further reading: [https://www.mediawiki.org/wiki/Help:Lists MediaWiki Help:Lists]'''&lt;br /&gt;
There are two main ways to make lists: bullet points and numbered lists. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Bullets===&lt;br /&gt;
To make a bullet point list, use the star symbol '''&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;*&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;''' and write the content of the bullet point after the star. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 &amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;*Bullet&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It will appear like this:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Bullet&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can make multiple levels of the bullet points, as in the example below:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 &amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;*Point 1&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
 &amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;*Point 2&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
 &amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;**Point 2.1&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
 &amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;**Point 2.2&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
 &amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;***Point 2.2.1&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
 &amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;**Point 2.3&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
 &amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;*Point 3&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Which appears as:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Point 1&lt;br /&gt;
*Point 2&lt;br /&gt;
**Point 2.1&lt;br /&gt;
**Point 2.2&lt;br /&gt;
***Point 2.2.1&lt;br /&gt;
**Point 2.3&lt;br /&gt;
*Point 3&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Numbers===&lt;br /&gt;
A number list is like a bullet point list, but uses the hashtag symbol '''&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;#&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;''' instead of the star symbol.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For example, the following mar:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 &amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;#Types of Computers&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
 &amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;##Laptops&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
 &amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;###MacBook Pro&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
 &amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;### HP Spectre&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
 &amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;##Desktops&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
 &amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;##Servers &amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Is rendered as:&lt;br /&gt;
#Types of Computers&lt;br /&gt;
##Laptops&lt;br /&gt;
###MacBook Pro&lt;br /&gt;
### HP Spectre&lt;br /&gt;
##Desktops&lt;br /&gt;
##Servers&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Bold and Italic==&lt;br /&gt;
Bold and italic are applied using apostrophes. Two apostrophes around some content makes it ''italic''. Three apostrophes around some content makes it '''bold'''. Five apostrophes (two plus three) around some content makes it '''''bold-italic'''''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 &amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;''Italic''&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
 &amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;'''Bold'''&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
 &amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;'''''Bold-italic'''''&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Links==&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Further reading: [https://www.mediawiki.org/wiki/Help:Links MediaWiki Help:Links]'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are two kinds of links on a wiki page. External links redirect to another website. Internal links link to a page within the same wiki (in our case, the ~classics/wiki). Both types of links use the square bracket &amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;[]&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt; symbols, but there are some differences. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===External===&lt;br /&gt;
External links use single brackets and need a URL, as is shown. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 &amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;[http://aks.ac.kr]&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This results in a tiny, clickable link symbol:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[http://aks.ac.kr]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
However, if we want a word or multiple words to form a link, we should leave a space after the URL and the write the desired words as is shown:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 &amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;This link redirects to the [http://aks.ac.kr Academy of Korean Studies homepage].&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Which renders as:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This link redirects to the [http://aks.ac.kr Academy of Korean Studies homepage].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Internal===&lt;br /&gt;
Internal links use double brackets. Place the name of the wiki page between the brackets.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 &amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;[[Name of Page Goes Here]]&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If the link appears as red, it means that no one has yet created a page with that name. If you click it, you will be redirected to a &amp;quot;Create page&amp;quot; page. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Uncreated page]] in red. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If it is blue, then the page exists. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[대문]] in blue.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
What if we want the link to read something different from the page name? After the page name, use a vertical bar &amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;( | )&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt; and then write the words you want to appear after that bar, as shown below. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 &amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;[[대문|Main page of the Korean Classics and Global Communications Department Wiki]]&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This will link to the page named &amp;quot;대문&amp;quot; but appear as: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[대문|Main page of the Korean Classics and Global Communications Department Wiki]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Upload==&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Further reading: [https://www.mediawiki.org/wiki/Help:Upload MediaWiki Help:Upload]'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To upload a file, click the [[특수:올리기|Upload file/파일 올리기]] link in the left navigation bas on the wiki (below the logo). There, you can upload the source file from your computer. The following file formats are permitted for use:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*png, gif, jpg, jpeg, pdf, xlsx, xls, hwp, zip&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Once the source file has been selected, you can rename the file and add a description. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Please remember the file name! If you forget, you can use the [[특수:파일]] page to try to find your file. &lt;br /&gt;
*Also, MediaWiki distinguishes between upper and lowercase letters, so .JPG and .jpg will be understood differently. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Then, click the upload file button, and your file will be uploaded to the wiki and you will be able to link to it.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Multimedia==&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Further reading: [https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Help:Pictures Wikipedia Help:Pictures]'''&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Further reading: [https://www.mediawiki.org/wiki/Help:Images MediaWiki Help:Images]'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Photos (and other media files for that matter) are linked to using the same double square brackets as interal links. However, before the file name, you must include &amp;quot;File:&amp;quot; or &amp;quot;파일:&amp;quot; for it to be recognized as a media file. You can add other details, such as the pixel size, location on the page, and caption using the vertical bar, as shown in the examples below. If you just want to link to the file without showing it, you can use &amp;quot;Media&amp;quot; or &amp;quot;미디어&amp;quot; instead of &amp;quot;File&amp;quot; or &amp;quot;파일.&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;[[파일:File.jpg]]&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;''' to use the full version of the file&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;[[파일:File.jpg|200px|thumb|left|alt text]]&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;''' to use a 200 pixel wide rendition in a box in the left margin with &amp;quot;alt text&amp;quot; as description&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;[[미디어:File.jpg]]&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;''' for directly linking to the file without displaying the file&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Examples====&lt;br /&gt;
[[파일:Vermeer_Meisje_met_de_parel.jpg|100px|thumb|left|Vermeer's paining as a thumbnail on the left of the page]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[파일:Vermeer_Meisje_met_de_parel.jpg|100px|thumb|Vermeer's paining as a thumbnail on the right of the page (default)]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[파일:Vermeer_Meisje_met_de_parel.jpg|200px|center]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[미디어:Vermeer_Meisje_met_de_parel.jpg|Vermeer's &amp;quot;Meisje met de Parel&amp;quot;]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 *&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;[[파일:Vermeer_Meisje_met_de_parel.jpg|100px|thumb|left|Vermeer's paining as a thumbnail on the left of the page]]&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
 *&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;[[파일:Vermeer_Meisje_met_de_parel.jpg|100px|thumb|Vermeer's paining as a thumbnail on the right of the page (default)]]&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
 *&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;[[파일:Vermeer_Meisje_met_de_parel.jpg|200px|center]]&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt; The paining in the center&lt;br /&gt;
 *&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;[[미디어:Vermeer_Meisje_met_de_parel.jpg|Vermeer's &amp;quot;Meisje met de Parel&amp;quot;]]&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt; An internal link to the painting file itself&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Galleries==&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Further reading: [https://www.mediawiki.org/wiki/Help:Gallery MediaWiki Help:Gallery]'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To make a gallery, you can use the gallery tag '''&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;&amp;lt;gallery&amp;gt; &amp;lt;/gallery&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;.''' Inside the first gallery tag, you can add attributes such as mode, photo height, caption, etc. Between the opening and closing gallery tags, each photo you want to put inside the gallery should be listed on its own line beginning with &amp;quot;&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;File:&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&amp;quot;. Following the photo link, a vertical bar ( | ) can be added, followed by other content, such as a caption. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 &amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;&amp;lt;gallery mode=packed heights=220px caption=&amp;quot;Favorite Paintings&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
 &amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;File:신윤복_전모를_쓴_여인.jpg|신윤복 &amp;quot;전모를 쓴 여인&amp;quot;&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
 &amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;File:Vermeer_Meisje_met_de_parel.jpg|Vermeer &amp;quot;Meisje met de Parel&amp;quot;&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
 &amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/gallery&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Which will appear as:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;gallery mode=packed heights=220px caption=&amp;quot;Gallery Sample&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
File:신윤복_전모를_쓴_여인.jpg|신윤복 &amp;quot;전모를 쓴 여인&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
File:Vermeer_Meisje_met_de_parel.jpg|Vermeer &amp;quot;Meisje met de Parel&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Table==&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Further reading: [https://www.mediawiki.org/wiki/Help:Tables MediaWiki Help:Tables]'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Tables can also be easily made in wiki. The table starts and ends with a bracket and a vertical bar: '''&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;{|   |}&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On the first line, immediately following the bracket and vertical bar, the wikitable class (which tells the software that this is a table) and other style features are listed, with a semi-colon at the end of the list. It should look something like this:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 &amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;{|class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;text-align:center; &amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The next line starts with an exclamation mark and denotes the heading row of the table. Each box in the row should be separated by two vertical bars. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 &amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;! 주어 || 서술어 || 목적어&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On the next line is a vertical bar with dash, which denotes the line between rows: '''&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;|- &amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Next, on the following line, to create the first regular row of the table, start with a vertical bar, and each box is separated by two vertical bars:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 &amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;| 연소답청 || -의 일부이다 || 신윤복필 풍속도 화첩 (申潤福筆 風俗圖 畵帖)&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Then, repeat the pattern until all the rows have been filled. And on the last line finish with the bar and curled bracket. In total, the table should looks something like the following:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 &amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;{|class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;text-align:center;&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
 &amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;! 주어 || 서술어 || 목적어&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
 &amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;|-&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
 &amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;| 연소답청 || -의 일부이다 || 신윤복필 풍속도 화첩 (申潤福筆 風俗圖 畵帖)&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
 &amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;|-&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
 &amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;| 신윤복필 풍속도 화첩 (申潤福筆 風俗圖 畵帖) || -에 소장되어있다 || 간송미술관&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
 &amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;|-&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
 &amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;| 신윤복필 풍속도 화첩 (申潤福筆 風俗圖 畵帖) || -에 포함된다 || 국보&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
 &amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;|}&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Template==&lt;br /&gt;
A template (called 틀 in Korean) is a pre-made form to display information using variables. This means it can be reused many times for different purposes in a more efficient way. For now, it is just important to know how to fill in a template. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The most common template is the infobox, found on the top right-hand side of many pages. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can find the template on other pages and copy-paste from there, or search for the template via the name &amp;quot;'''Template:Template Name Here'''&amp;quot; and there will usually be a set of text you can copy-paste onto the page you are editing. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 &amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;{{수강생정보&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
 &amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;|이름= &amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
 &amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;|한자= &amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
 &amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;|영문= &amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
 &amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;|소속= &amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
 &amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;|전공= &amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
 &amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;|사진= &amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
 &amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;|위키아이디= &amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
 &amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;|메일= &amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
 &amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;}}&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As shown in the example above, the template starts and ends with double brackets. On the first line is the name of the template. From the next line, each line starts with a vertical bar, followed by the name of a variable, and an equals sign. Following the equals sign, you can enter the information you want to appear in that part of the template, as shown below. You can also leave them blank if you need. The last line ends with double-brackets, closing the template. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 &amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;{{수강생정보&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
 &amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;|이름= 메리&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
 &amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;|한자= &amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
 &amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;|영문= Mary&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
 &amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;|소속= AKS&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
 &amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;|전공= History&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
 &amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;|사진= Mary.jpg&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
 &amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;|위키아이디= mary&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
 &amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;|메일= mary@aks.ac.kr&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
 &amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;}}&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Categories==&lt;br /&gt;
One of the most useful and important features of a wiki is the categories feature. Each page can be put into categories, and this allows them to be found in category pages with similar pages. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To add a page to a category, simply add the following to the bottom of the page:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 &amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;[[Catetory:Category Name]]&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
 &amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;OR&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
 &amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;[[분류:분류 이름]]&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Each page can have multiple categories. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
However, it is important to have a clear category organization system so that overlapping/duplicate categories are not made.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Citations and References==&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Further reading: [https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Help:Referencing_for_beginners Wikipedia Help:Referencing for Beginners]'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It is extremely important to include clear citations - where the information came from, i.e. information or media sources. To add a footnote, the reference tag can be used:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 &amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;Put the citation here!&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; &amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Such a reference will appear on the page like this.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;Sample references are the best!&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Then, at the bottom of the page, if you add the following tag, all the references on the page will appear listed in order as footnotes automatically:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 &amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;&amp;lt;references/&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You should be able to see the reference from the example above below, as I used the references tag below: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;references/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Further Reading==&lt;br /&gt;
*[http://digerati.aks.ac.kr/2016hanmun/wiki.pdf Wiki Syntax PPT for Hanmun Workshop 2016 (Kang, Hae-won and Lyndsey Twining)]&lt;br /&gt;
*[https://www.mediawiki.org/wiki/Category:Help MediaWiki Help Category]&lt;br /&gt;
*[https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Help:Cheatsheet Wikipedia Help:Cheatsheet] / [https://ko.wikipedia.org/wiki/%EC%9C%84%ED%82%A4%EB%B0%B1%EA%B3%BC:%EC%9C%84%ED%82%A4%EB%AC%B8%EB%B2%95_%EC%9A%94%EC%95%BD 위키문법 요약 (한국어)]&lt;br /&gt;
*[https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Help:Wikitext Wikipedia Help:Wikitext] / [https://ko.wikipedia.org/wiki/%EC%9C%84%ED%82%A4%EB%B0%B1%EA%B3%BC:%EC%9C%84%ED%82%A4_%EB%AC%B8%EB%B2%95 위키 문법(한국어)]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Reference Material]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Lyndsey</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>http://dh.aks.ac.kr/~classics/wiki/index.php?title=2021-1_%EB%94%94%EC%A7%80%ED%84%B8_%EC%8B%9C%EB%8C%80%EC%9D%98_%EA%B3%A0%EC%A0%84_%EB%B2%88%EC%97%AD_I&amp;diff=4284</id>
		<title>2021-1 디지털 시대의 고전 번역 I</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://dh.aks.ac.kr/~classics/wiki/index.php?title=2021-1_%EB%94%94%EC%A7%80%ED%84%B8_%EC%8B%9C%EB%8C%80%EC%9D%98_%EA%B3%A0%EC%A0%84_%EB%B2%88%EC%97%AD_I&amp;diff=4284"/>
				<updated>2021-03-11T05:43:20Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Lyndsey: /* 수강생 */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&amp;lt;h1&amp;gt;디지털 시대의 고전 번역 I Translation of Classics in the Digital Environment I&amp;lt;/h1&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==강의 소개==&lt;br /&gt;
The purpose of this class is to learn the method and process to translate cultural heritage explanation texts in digital environments.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Korean cultural heritage is a research material that provides an in-depth look at Korean history and culture. It is also an effective educational textbook that can comprehensively convey knowledge of Korean studies to foreigners who want to know Korea.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The translation of cultural heritage information falls under the category of 'public translation' and shall take into account established terms and description protocols.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translating cultural heritage information into a foreign language has relied heavily on the ability of translators to individual languages. However, in order to properly deliver the knowledge and information to foreign readers, it is necessary to organize the contents into systematic data. Digital technology-based terminology management can help us maintain a consistent style and quality of cultural heritage translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===수업 시간===&lt;br /&gt;
* 목요일 15:20~17:50&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===강의실===&lt;br /&gt;
* 대면 강의실: 디지털 인문학 연구소 세미나실 (문형관 103호)&lt;br /&gt;
* 비대면 강의실: https://us02web.zoom.us/j/81118587083?pwd=M1ViYmZBQ2t5NEtwV1FlcXRqYmYwUT09&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==수업 내용==&lt;br /&gt;
{|class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;text-align:left&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
!style=&amp;quot;width:5%&amp;quot;| No.||style=&amp;quot;width:10%&amp;quot; |Date ||style=&amp;quot;width:60%&amp;quot;|Topics ||style=&amp;quot;width:25%&amp;quot;|References&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 1 || 2021.03.04. || &lt;br /&gt;
* Educational Purpose of this Class&lt;br /&gt;
* Introduction to Digital Humanities&lt;br /&gt;
|| &lt;br /&gt;
* [http://dh.aks.ac.kr/~khw/tutor/2021/20210304.pdf 수업소개]&lt;br /&gt;
* [http://digerati.aks.ac.kr/DhLab/2016/203/tutorial/ConvergenceOfDHnAR.pdf 디지털 인문학이란?]&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Digital_humanities What is Digital Humaniteis?]&lt;br /&gt;
* [http://dh.aks.ac.kr/~heritage/wiki/index.php/Cultural_Heritage_Wiki Cultural Heritage Wiki]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[디지털 시대의 고전 번역 I | 디지털 시대의 고전 번역(2018)]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 2 ||  2021.03.11. || &lt;br /&gt;
* Introduction to 'Public Translation':  Vision and Challenges in Korean Public Translation&lt;br /&gt;
* A  New Paradigm of Public Translations: Communication and Collaboration in  Digital Environments&lt;br /&gt;
* Domestic and Foreign Cultural Heritage Translation Resources&lt;br /&gt;
|| &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 3 || 2021.03.18. ||&lt;br /&gt;
* Case Study: Cultural Heritage Information Board Maintenance Project 2019-2020&lt;br /&gt;
* Cultural Heritage Data Compilation Projects Performed by Center for Digital Humanities as AKS&lt;br /&gt;
* Introduction to 'Cultural Heritage Wiki'&lt;br /&gt;
|| &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 4 || 2021.03.25. || &lt;br /&gt;
* Wiki Software as a Collaborative Translation Tool: Understanding Wiki Software&lt;br /&gt;
|| &lt;br /&gt;
* [https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Wiki_software What is Wiki Software?]&lt;br /&gt;
* [http://dh.aks.ac.kr/~khw/tutor/2021/20210311.pdf 위키란?]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 5 || 2021.04.01. || &lt;br /&gt;
* Understanding  Wiki Syntax / Compilation of Wiki Documents&lt;br /&gt;
|| &lt;br /&gt;
* [[MediaWiki Syntax Guide]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [http://dh.aks.ac.kr/Edu/wiki/index.php/위키_콘텐츠_제작_방법 위키 콘텐츠 제작 방법]&lt;br /&gt;
* [http://dh.aks.ac.kr/Edu/wiki/index.php/위키_문서_제작_방법 위키 문서 제작 방법]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 6 || 2021.04.08. || &lt;br /&gt;
* Design of Collaborative Translation Scheme:  Design of Wiki Based Translation Process&lt;br /&gt;
|| &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 7 || 2021.04.15. || &lt;br /&gt;
* Case Study: Compilation of Cultural Heritage Wiki - English Translation of Cultural Heritage Information in Andong Area&lt;br /&gt;
|| &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 8 || 2021.04.22. || &lt;br /&gt;
* Workshop: Compilation of Cultural Heritage Translation Text (1)&lt;br /&gt;
|| &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 9 || 2021.04.29. || &lt;br /&gt;
* Workshop: Compilation of Cultural Heritage Translation Text (2)&lt;br /&gt;
|| &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 10 || 2021.05.06. || &lt;br /&gt;
* Visualization of Context: Understanding Data Visualization and Network Graphs&lt;br /&gt;
|| &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 11 || 2021.05.13. || &lt;br /&gt;
* Workshop: Visualization of Cultural Context implied in Cultural Heritage Objects&lt;br /&gt;
|| &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 12 || 2021.05.20. || &lt;br /&gt;
* Database Compliation of Cultural Heritage Terms and English Translations&lt;br /&gt;
|| &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 13 || 2021.05.27. || &lt;br /&gt;
* Workshop: Database Compilation of Cultural Heritage Terms (1)&lt;br /&gt;
|| &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 14 || 2021.06.03. || &lt;br /&gt;
* Workshop: Database Compilation of Cultural Heritage Terms (2)&lt;br /&gt;
|| &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 15 || 2021.06.10. || &lt;br /&gt;
* Presentation of the Workshop Results (on Wiki Based Online Systems)&lt;br /&gt;
|| &lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==참여자==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===담당 교수===&lt;br /&gt;
* [[김현|김현(인문정보학)]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[신정수|신정수(고전번역학)]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===조교===&lt;br /&gt;
* [[강혜원|강혜원(인문정보학 박사과정)]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[트와이닝 린지|트와이닝 린지(인문정보학 박사과정)]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===수강생===&lt;br /&gt;
*[[임정훈 | 임정훈 (철학 석사과정)]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[송수찬 | 송수찬 (고전번역학 석사과정)]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[정송이 | 정송이 (인문정보학 석사과정)]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[이효림 | 이효림 (인문정보학 석사과정)]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[김희성 | 김희성 (국문학 박사과정)]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[김은숙 | 김은숙 (인문정보학 박사과정)]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[박려정 | 박려정 (인문정보학 박사과정)]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===청강생===&lt;br /&gt;
*[[이고은 | 이고은 (한국문화학 박사)]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[안이슬 | 안이슬 (국문학 박사과정)]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[이창섭 | 이창섭 (인문정보학 박사과정)]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==읽을거리==&lt;br /&gt;
* [http://dhlab.aks.ac.kr/~tutor/wiki/index.php/DH_Lecture_2021_Jan_28 김현, 「인문학 교육의 디지털 전환과 디지털 큐레이션」,  연세대학교 인문융합교육원 주최 학술워크숍, 2021. 1. 28.]&lt;br /&gt;
* [http://dh.aks.ac.kr/~tutor/Documents/PDF/2020/DigitalCuration.pdf 金炫, 「유교문화 디지털 아카이브를 위한 디지털 큐레이션 모델」, 세계유교문화박물관 디지털 아카이브 마스터플랜 연구, 2020. 3.]&lt;br /&gt;
* [http://dh.aks.ac.kr/Edu/wiki/index.php?title=디지털_인문학_교육의_현장_(김현_2018) 디지털 인문학 교육의 현장 (김현 2018, 『인문콘텐츠』 50, 인문콘텐츠학회)]&lt;br /&gt;
* [http://dh.aks.ac.kr/Edu/wiki/index.php/4차_산업혁명_시대의_인문학  金炫, 「4차 산업혁명 시대의 인문학」, 『전통문화』 42호, 2017. 5.]&lt;br /&gt;
* [http://digerati.aks.ac.kr/paper/fly2011/fly2011.htm 인문지식의 새로운 형식을 찾아서 .... &amp;quot;무엇이 나를 하늘에 오르게 했는가?&amp;quot; (김현 2012, 『인문정보학의 모색』, 북코리아. pp 815-829.)]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Lyndsey</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>http://dh.aks.ac.kr/~classics/wiki/index.php?title=%ED%8A%B8%EC%99%80%EC%9D%B4%EB%8B%9D_%EB%A6%B0%EC%A7%80&amp;diff=4283</id>
		<title>트와이닝 린지</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://dh.aks.ac.kr/~classics/wiki/index.php?title=%ED%8A%B8%EC%99%80%EC%9D%B4%EB%8B%9D_%EB%A6%B0%EC%A7%80&amp;diff=4283"/>
				<updated>2021-03-11T05:35:07Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Lyndsey: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{{수강생정보&lt;br /&gt;
|이름= 트와이닝 린지&lt;br /&gt;
|한자= &lt;br /&gt;
|영문= Lyndsey Twining&lt;br /&gt;
|소속= 한국학중앙연구원&lt;br /&gt;
|전공= 인문정보학, 디지털 인문학&lt;br /&gt;
|사진= Lyndsey.jpg&lt;br /&gt;
|위키아이디= lyndsey&lt;br /&gt;
|메일= &lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==소개==&lt;br /&gt;
Hello!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===학력===&lt;br /&gt;
*2017-Present: [http://aks.ac.kr Academy of Korean Studies], Cultural Informatics, PhD Program&lt;br /&gt;
*2015-2017: Academy of Korean Studies, Cultural Informatics, Masters Program&lt;br /&gt;
*2010-2014: University of Michigan, Asian Studies '''''GO BLUE!'''''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===경력===&lt;br /&gt;
*고전번역학 수업&lt;br /&gt;
**학생 : [[디지털 시대의 고전 번역 I|2018-1 디지털 시대의 고전 번역 I]] / [[디지털 시대의 고전 번역 II|2018-2 디지털 시대의 고전 번역 II]]&lt;br /&gt;
**조교 : [[2021-1 디지털 시대의 고전 번역 I]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==내가 기억하는 문화유산==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===리스트===&lt;br /&gt;
#Sin Yun-bok&lt;br /&gt;
##Girl Wearing Jeonmo&lt;br /&gt;
#Vermeer&lt;br /&gt;
##Meisje met de Parel&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===갤러리===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:신윤복_전모를_쓴_여인.jpg|thumb|신윤복의 &amp;quot;전모를 쓴 여인&amp;quot;]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Vermeer_Meisje_met_de_parel.jpg||thumb|&amp;quot;Meisje met de Parel&amp;quot; by Vermeer]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;gallery mode=packed heights=220px caption=&amp;quot;Lyndsey's Favorite Paintings&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
File:신윤복_전모를_쓴_여인.jpg|신윤복의 &amp;quot;전모를 쓴 여인&amp;quot;&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;[https://www.museum.go.kr/site/main/relic/search/view?relicId=1017 국립중앙박물관]&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
File:Vermeer_Meisje_met_de_parel.jpg|&amp;quot;Meisje met de Parel&amp;quot; by Vermeer &amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;[https://www.mauritshuis.nl/en/discover/mauritshuis/masterpieces-from-the-mauritshuis/girl-with-a-pearl-earring-670/ Maruitshuis]&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===시맨틱 정보 표===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{|class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;text-align:center; &lt;br /&gt;
!Subject||Relation||Object&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Vermeer||painted||[[Meisje met de Parel]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[신윤복]]||painted ||[[전모를 쓴 여인]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Meisje met de Parel]]||hasType||[[painting]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[전모를 쓴 여인]]||hasType||[[painting]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[전모를 쓴 여인]]||isHeldBy||[[국립중앙박물관]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Meisje met de Parel]]||isHeldBy||[[Mauritshuis]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==References==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;references/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[분류:인물]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[분류:한국학중앙연구원]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[분류:인문정보학]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[분류:여자]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[분류:디지털 시대의 고전 번역]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Lyndsey</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>http://dh.aks.ac.kr/~classics/wiki/index.php?title=%ED%8A%B8%EC%99%80%EC%9D%B4%EB%8B%9D_%EB%A6%B0%EC%A7%80&amp;diff=4282</id>
		<title>트와이닝 린지</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://dh.aks.ac.kr/~classics/wiki/index.php?title=%ED%8A%B8%EC%99%80%EC%9D%B4%EB%8B%9D_%EB%A6%B0%EC%A7%80&amp;diff=4282"/>
				<updated>2021-03-11T05:29:54Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Lyndsey: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{{수강생정보&lt;br /&gt;
|이름= 트와이닝 린지&lt;br /&gt;
|한자= &lt;br /&gt;
|영문= Lyndsey Twining&lt;br /&gt;
|소속= 한국학중앙연구원&lt;br /&gt;
|전공= 인문정보학, 디지털 인문학&lt;br /&gt;
|사진= Lyndsey.jpg&lt;br /&gt;
|위키아이디= lyndsey&lt;br /&gt;
|메일= &lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==소개==&lt;br /&gt;
Hello!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===학력===&lt;br /&gt;
*2017-Present: [http://aks.ac.kr Academy of Korean Studies], Cultural Informatics, PhD Program&lt;br /&gt;
*2015-2017: Academy of Korean Studies, Cultural Informatics, Masters Program&lt;br /&gt;
*2010-2014: University of Michigan, Asian Studies '''''GO BLUE!'''''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===경력===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==내가 기억하는 문화유산==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===리스트===&lt;br /&gt;
#Sin Yun-bok&lt;br /&gt;
##Girl Wearing Jeonmo&lt;br /&gt;
#Vermeer&lt;br /&gt;
##Meisje met de Parel&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===갤러리===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:신윤복_전모를_쓴_여인.jpg|thumb|신윤복의 &amp;quot;전모를 쓴 여인&amp;quot;]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Vermeer_Meisje_met_de_parel.jpg||thumb|&amp;quot;Meisje met de Parel&amp;quot; by Vermeer]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;gallery mode=packed heights=220px caption=&amp;quot;Lyndsey's Favorite Paintings&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
File:신윤복_전모를_쓴_여인.jpg|신윤복의 &amp;quot;전모를 쓴 여인&amp;quot;&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;[https://www.museum.go.kr/site/main/relic/search/view?relicId=1017 국립중앙박물관]&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
File:Vermeer_Meisje_met_de_parel.jpg|&amp;quot;Meisje met de Parel&amp;quot; by Vermeer &amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;[https://www.mauritshuis.nl/en/discover/mauritshuis/masterpieces-from-the-mauritshuis/girl-with-a-pearl-earring-670/ Maruitshuis]&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===시맨틱 정보 표===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{|class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;text-align:center; &lt;br /&gt;
!Subject||Relation||Object&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Vermeer||painted||[[Meisje met de Parel]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[신윤복]]||painted ||[[전모를 쓴 여인]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Meisje met de Parel]]||hasType||[[painting]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[전모를 쓴 여인]]||hasType||[[painting]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[전모를 쓴 여인]]||isHeldBy||[[국립중앙박물관]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Meisje met de Parel]]||isHeldBy||[[Mauritshuis]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==References==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;references/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[분류:인물]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[분류:한국학중앙연구원]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[분류:인문정보학]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[분류:여자]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[분류:디지털 시대의 고전 번역]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Lyndsey</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>http://dh.aks.ac.kr/~classics/wiki/index.php?title=%ED%8A%B8%EC%99%80%EC%9D%B4%EB%8B%9D_%EB%A6%B0%EC%A7%80&amp;diff=4281</id>
		<title>트와이닝 린지</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://dh.aks.ac.kr/~classics/wiki/index.php?title=%ED%8A%B8%EC%99%80%EC%9D%B4%EB%8B%9D_%EB%A6%B0%EC%A7%80&amp;diff=4281"/>
				<updated>2021-03-11T05:28:20Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Lyndsey: /* 내가 기억하는 문화유산 */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{{수강생정보&lt;br /&gt;
|이름= 트와이닝 린지&lt;br /&gt;
|한자= &lt;br /&gt;
|영문= Lyndsey Twining&lt;br /&gt;
|소속= 한국학중앙연구원&lt;br /&gt;
|전공= 인문정보학, 디지털 인문학&lt;br /&gt;
|사진= Lyndsey.jpg&lt;br /&gt;
|위키아이디= lyndsey&lt;br /&gt;
|메일= &lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==About Me==&lt;br /&gt;
Hello!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Education===&lt;br /&gt;
*2017-Present: [http://aks.ac.kr Academy of Korean Studies], Cultural Informatics, PhD Program&lt;br /&gt;
*2015-2017: Academy of Korean Studies, Cultural Informatics, Masters Program&lt;br /&gt;
*2010-2014: University of Michigan, Asian Studies '''''GO BLUE!'''''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==내가 기억하는 문화유산==&lt;br /&gt;
#Sin Yun-bok&lt;br /&gt;
##Girl Wearing Jeonmo&lt;br /&gt;
#Vermeer&lt;br /&gt;
##Meisje met de Parel&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:신윤복_전모를_쓴_여인.jpg|thumb|신윤복의 &amp;quot;전모를 쓴 여인&amp;quot;]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Vermeer_Meisje_met_de_parel.jpg||thumb|&amp;quot;Meisje met de Parel&amp;quot; by Vermeer]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;gallery mode=packed heights=220px caption=&amp;quot;Lyndsey's Favorite Paintings&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
File:신윤복_전모를_쓴_여인.jpg|신윤복의 &amp;quot;전모를 쓴 여인&amp;quot;&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;[https://www.museum.go.kr/site/main/relic/search/view?relicId=1017 국립중앙박물관]&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
File:Vermeer_Meisje_met_de_parel.jpg|&amp;quot;Meisje met de Parel&amp;quot; by Vermeer &amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;[https://www.mauritshuis.nl/en/discover/mauritshuis/masterpieces-from-the-mauritshuis/girl-with-a-pearl-earring-670/ Maruitshuis]&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{|class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;text-align:center; &lt;br /&gt;
!Subject||Relation||Object&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Vermeer||painted||[[Meisje met de Parel]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[신윤복]]||painted ||[[전모를 쓴 여인]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Meisje met de Parel]]||hasType||[[painting]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[전모를 쓴 여인]]||hasType||[[painting]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[전모를 쓴 여인]]||isHeldBy||[[국립중앙박물관]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Meisje met de Parel]]||isHeldBy||[[Mauritshuis]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==References==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;references/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[분류:인물]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[분류:한국학중앙연구원]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[분류:인문정보학]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[분류:여자]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[분류:디지털 시대의 고전 번역]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Lyndsey</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>http://dh.aks.ac.kr/~classics/wiki/index.php?title=%ED%8A%B8%EC%99%80%EC%9D%B4%EB%8B%9D_%EB%A6%B0%EC%A7%80&amp;diff=4280</id>
		<title>트와이닝 린지</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://dh.aks.ac.kr/~classics/wiki/index.php?title=%ED%8A%B8%EC%99%80%EC%9D%B4%EB%8B%9D_%EB%A6%B0%EC%A7%80&amp;diff=4280"/>
				<updated>2021-03-11T05:27:47Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Lyndsey: /* Education */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{{수강생정보&lt;br /&gt;
|이름= 트와이닝 린지&lt;br /&gt;
|한자= &lt;br /&gt;
|영문= Lyndsey Twining&lt;br /&gt;
|소속= 한국학중앙연구원&lt;br /&gt;
|전공= 인문정보학, 디지털 인문학&lt;br /&gt;
|사진= Lyndsey.jpg&lt;br /&gt;
|위키아이디= lyndsey&lt;br /&gt;
|메일= &lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==About Me==&lt;br /&gt;
Hello!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Education===&lt;br /&gt;
*2017-Present: [http://aks.ac.kr Academy of Korean Studies], Cultural Informatics, PhD Program&lt;br /&gt;
*2015-2017: Academy of Korean Studies, Cultural Informatics, Masters Program&lt;br /&gt;
*2010-2014: University of Michigan, Asian Studies '''''GO BLUE!'''''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==내가 기억하는 문화유산==&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:신윤복_전모를_쓴_여인.jpg|thumb|신윤복의 &amp;quot;전모를 쓴 여인&amp;quot;]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Vermeer_Meisje_met_de_parel.jpg||thumb|&amp;quot;Meisje met de Parel&amp;quot; by Vermeer]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;gallery mode=packed heights=220px caption=&amp;quot;Lyndsey's Favorite Paintings&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
File:신윤복_전모를_쓴_여인.jpg|신윤복의 &amp;quot;전모를 쓴 여인&amp;quot;&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;[https://www.museum.go.kr/site/main/relic/search/view?relicId=1017 국립중앙박물관]&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
File:Vermeer_Meisje_met_de_parel.jpg|&amp;quot;Meisje met de Parel&amp;quot; by Vermeer &amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;[https://www.mauritshuis.nl/en/discover/mauritshuis/masterpieces-from-the-mauritshuis/girl-with-a-pearl-earring-670/ Maruitshuis]&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{|class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;text-align:center; &lt;br /&gt;
!Subject||Relation||Object&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Vermeer||painted||[[Meisje met de Parel]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[신윤복]]||painted ||[[전모를 쓴 여인]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Meisje met de Parel]]||hasType||[[painting]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[전모를 쓴 여인]]||hasType||[[painting]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[전모를 쓴 여인]]||isHeldBy||[[국립중앙박물관]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Meisje met de Parel]]||isHeldBy||[[Mauritshuis]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==References==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;references/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[분류:인물]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[분류:한국학중앙연구원]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[분류:인문정보학]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[분류:여자]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[분류:디지털 시대의 고전 번역]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Lyndsey</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>http://dh.aks.ac.kr/~classics/wiki/index.php?title=MediaWiki_Syntax_Guide&amp;diff=4229</id>
		<title>MediaWiki Syntax Guide</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://dh.aks.ac.kr/~classics/wiki/index.php?title=MediaWiki_Syntax_Guide&amp;diff=4229"/>
				<updated>2021-03-10T00:37:15Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Lyndsey: /* Read, Edit, and History */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;This page summarizes the basic information you need to know to be able to structure and style a page on MediaWiki. MediaWiki syntax is easy to use with just a little practice!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Introduction==&lt;br /&gt;
What is syntax? In the case of MediaWiki, it is basically a language of formatting shortcuts. By using certain symbols easily typed from your keyboard, you can change the way the page looks, add links, and organize the page content. No need to learn any complicated coding! &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Syntax may also be called markup or wikitext.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Later you may want to also to use HTML, but at first, it will not be neccessary. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Making and Account/Login==&lt;br /&gt;
To make an account, click the 계정 만들기 button at the top. Select a username and password. '''''We cannot get your password back! You must remember it yourself! Please write it down!!''''' Then solve the simple math equation. This math equation is meant to make sure you are a real human being!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Preferences==&lt;br /&gt;
If you prefer to change the language of the wiki, you can go to preferences/설정 to change which language the page is shown in. You can also change other settings there as well, if you so choose. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Making a New Page==&lt;br /&gt;
There are two ways to make a new page. &lt;br /&gt;
# Search for the page you want in the search bar, and then select the red link to make the page. &lt;br /&gt;
# Make an [MediaWiki Syntax Guide#Links|internal link] in a page, and then click that link to be taken to a creation page. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Read, Edit, and History==&lt;br /&gt;
On the top of each page, there are three tabs next to the search bar. &lt;br /&gt;
*Read: This is the actual wiki page people will read&lt;br /&gt;
*Edit: This is the page where you can edit the content of the wiki page. &lt;br /&gt;
*View history: This is a page where you can see which users made which edits and when they made those edits.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Next to each section header, you will also see a small &amp;quot;Edit&amp;quot; link. This link can be used when you need to edit only a single section of the page. It is highly recommended to always edit via these section edit links for two reasons:&lt;br /&gt;
*First, it allows for two people to simultaneously edit different sections of a single wiki page. If the entire page is being edited, only one person can edit it at a time.&lt;br /&gt;
*Second, it minimizes the chances for serious editing mistakes which may delete large parts of the page. Almost always, the previous version of the page can be recovered, but it is a hassle that is best to be avoided.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Sections / Table of Contents==&lt;br /&gt;
You can create sections and sub-sections on a wiki page. These will automatically compile a table of contents that will appear at the top of the page. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To make a section use equal symbols around the section title, like this:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 &amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;=Section Header=&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To make a sub-section below that, keep adding. more equal signs, like this:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 &amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;==Section Header==&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
 &amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;===Section Header===&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
 &amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;====Section Header====&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Lists==&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Further reading: [https://www.mediawiki.org/wiki/Help:Lists MediaWiki Help:Lists]'''&lt;br /&gt;
There are two main ways to make lists: bullet points and numbered lists. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Bullets===&lt;br /&gt;
To make a bullet point list, use the star symbol '''&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;*&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;''' and write the content of the bullet point after the star. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 &amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;*Bullet&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It will appear like this:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Bullet&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can make multiple levels of the bullet points, as in the example below:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 &amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;*Point 1&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
 &amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;*Point 2&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
 &amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;**Point 2.1&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
 &amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;**Point 2.2&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
 &amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;***Point 2.2.1&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
 &amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;**Point 2.3&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
 &amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;*Point 3&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Which appears as:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Point 1&lt;br /&gt;
*Point 2&lt;br /&gt;
**Point 2.1&lt;br /&gt;
**Point 2.2&lt;br /&gt;
***Point 2.2.1&lt;br /&gt;
**Point 2.3&lt;br /&gt;
*Point 3&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Numbers===&lt;br /&gt;
A number list is like a bullet point list, but uses the hashtag symbol '''&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;#&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;''' instead of the star symbol.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For example, the following mar:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 &amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;#Types of Computers&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
 &amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;##Laptops&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
 &amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;###MacBook Pro&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
 &amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;### HP Spectre&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
 &amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;##Desktops&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
 &amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;##Servers &amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Is rendered as:&lt;br /&gt;
#Types of Computers&lt;br /&gt;
##Laptops&lt;br /&gt;
###MacBook Pro&lt;br /&gt;
### HP Spectre&lt;br /&gt;
##Desktops&lt;br /&gt;
##Servers&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Bold and Italic==&lt;br /&gt;
Bold and italic are applied using apostrophes. Two apostrophes around some content makes it ''italic''. Three apostrophes around some content makes it '''bold'''. Five apostrophes (two plus three) around some content makes it '''''bold-italic'''''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 &amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;''Italic''&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
 &amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;'''Bold'''&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
 &amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;'''''Bold-italic'''''&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Links==&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Further reading: [https://www.mediawiki.org/wiki/Help:Links MediaWiki Help:Links]'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are two kinds of links on a wiki page. External links redirect to another website. Internal links link to a page within the same wiki (in our case, the ~classics/wiki). Both types of links use the square bracket &amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;[]&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt; symbols, but there are some differences. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===External===&lt;br /&gt;
External links use single brackets and need a URL, as is shown. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 &amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;[http://aks.ac.kr]&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This results in a tiny, clickable link symbol:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[http://aks.ac.kr]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
However, if we want a word or multiple words to form a link, we should leave a space after the URL and the write the desired words as is shown:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 &amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;This link redirects to the [http://aks.ac.kr Academy of Korean Studies homepage].&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Which renders as:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This link redirects to the [http://aks.ac.kr Academy of Korean Studies homepage].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Internal===&lt;br /&gt;
Internal links use double brackets. Place the name of the wiki page between the brackets.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 &amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;[[Name of Page Goes Here]]&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If the link appears as red, it means that no one has yet created a page with that name. If you click it, you will be redirected to a &amp;quot;Create page&amp;quot; page. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Uncreated page]] in red. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If it is blue, then the page exists. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[대문]] in blue.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
What if we want the link to read something different from the page name? After the page name, use a vertical bar &amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;( | )&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt; and then write the words you want to appear after that bar, as shown below. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 &amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;[[대문|Main page of the Korean Classics and Global Communications Department Wiki]]&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This will link to the page named &amp;quot;대문&amp;quot; but appear as: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[대문|Main page of the Korean Classics and Global Communications Department Wiki]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Upload==&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Further reading: [https://www.mediawiki.org/wiki/Help:Upload MediaWiki Help:Upload]'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To upload a file, click the [[특수:올리기|Upload file/파일 올리기]] link in the left navigation bas on the wiki (below the logo). There, you can upload the source file from your computer. The following file formats are permitted for use:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*png, gif, jpg, jpeg, pdf, xlsx, xls, hwp, zip&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Once the source file has been selected, you can rename the file and add a description. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Please remember the file name! If you forget, you can use the [[특수:파일]] page to try to find your file. &lt;br /&gt;
*Also, MediaWiki distinguishes between upper and lowercase letters, so .JPG and .jpg will be understood differently. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Then, click the upload file button, and your file will be uploaded to the wiki and you will be able to link to it.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Multimedia==&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Further reading: [https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Help:Pictures Wikipedia Help:Pictures]'''&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Further reading: [https://www.mediawiki.org/wiki/Help:Images MediaWiki Help:Images]'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Photos (and other media files for that matter) are linked to using the same double square brackets as interal links. However, before the file name, you must include &amp;quot;File:&amp;quot; or &amp;quot;파일:&amp;quot; for it to be recognized as a media file. You can add other details, such as the pixel size, location on the page, and caption using the vertical bar, as shown in the examples below. If you just want to link to the file without showing it, you can use &amp;quot;Media&amp;quot; or &amp;quot;미디어&amp;quot; instead of &amp;quot;File&amp;quot; or &amp;quot;파일.&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;[[파일:File.jpg]]&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;''' to use the full version of the file&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;[[파일:File.jpg|200px|thumb|left|alt text]]&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;''' to use a 200 pixel wide rendition in a box in the left margin with &amp;quot;alt text&amp;quot; as description&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;[[미디어:File.jpg]]&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;''' for directly linking to the file without displaying the file&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Examples====&lt;br /&gt;
[[파일:Vermeer_Meisje_met_de_parel.jpg|100px|thumb|left|Vermeer's paining as a thumbnail on the left of the page]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[파일:Vermeer_Meisje_met_de_parel.jpg|100px|thumb|Vermeer's paining as a thumbnail on the right of the page (default)]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[파일:Vermeer_Meisje_met_de_parel.jpg|200px|center]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[미디어:Vermeer_Meisje_met_de_parel.jpg|Vermeer's &amp;quot;Meisje met de Parel&amp;quot;]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 *&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;[[파일:Vermeer_Meisje_met_de_parel.jpg|100px|thumb|left|Vermeer's paining as a thumbnail on the left of the page]]&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
 *&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;[[파일:Vermeer_Meisje_met_de_parel.jpg|100px|thumb|Vermeer's paining as a thumbnail on the right of the page (default)]]&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
 *&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;[[파일:Vermeer_Meisje_met_de_parel.jpg|200px|center]]&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt; The paining in the center&lt;br /&gt;
 *&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;[[미디어:Vermeer_Meisje_met_de_parel.jpg|Vermeer's &amp;quot;Meisje met de Parel&amp;quot;]]&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt; An internal link to the painting file itself&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Galleries==&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Further reading: [https://www.mediawiki.org/wiki/Help:Gallery MediaWiki Help:Gallery]'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To make a gallery, you can use the gallery tag '''&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;&amp;lt;gallery&amp;gt; &amp;lt;/gallery&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;.''' Inside the first gallery tag, you can add attributes such as mode, photo height, caption, etc. Between the opening and closing gallery tags, each photo you want to put inside the gallery should be listed on its own line beginning with &amp;quot;&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;File:&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&amp;quot;. Following the photo link, a vertical bar ( | ) can be added, followed by other content, such as a caption. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 &amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;&amp;lt;gallery mode=packed heights=220px caption=&amp;quot;Favorite Paintings&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
 &amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;File:신윤복_전모를_쓴_여인.jpg|신윤복 &amp;quot;전모를 쓴 여인&amp;quot;&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
 &amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;File:Vermeer_Meisje_met_de_parel.jpg|Vermeer &amp;quot;Meisje met de Parel&amp;quot;&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
 &amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/gallery&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Which will appear as:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;gallery mode=packed heights=220px caption=&amp;quot;Gallery Sample&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
File:신윤복_전모를_쓴_여인.jpg|신윤복 &amp;quot;전모를 쓴 여인&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
File:Vermeer_Meisje_met_de_parel.jpg|Vermeer &amp;quot;Meisje met de Parel&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Table==&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Further reading: [https://www.mediawiki.org/wiki/Help:Tables MediaWiki Help:Tables]'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Tables can also be easily made in wiki. The table starts and ends with a bracket and a vertical bar: '''&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;{|   |}&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On the first line, immediately following the bracket and vertical bar, the wikitable class (which tells the software that this is a table) and other style features are listed, with a semi-colon at the end of the list. It should look something like this:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 &amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;{|class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;text-align:center; &amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The next line starts with an exclamation mark and denotes the heading row of the table. Each box in the row should be separated by two vertical bars. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 &amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;! 주어 || 서술어 || 목적어&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On the next line is a vertical bar with dash, which denotes the line between rows: '''&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;|- &amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Next, on the following line, to create the first regular row of the table, start with a vertical bar, and each box is separated by two vertical bars:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 &amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;| 연소답청 || -의 일부이다 || 신윤복필 풍속도 화첩 (申潤福筆 風俗圖 畵帖)&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Then, repeat the pattern until all the rows have been filled. And on the last line finish with the bar and curled bracket. In total, the table should looks something like the following:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 &amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;{|class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;text-align:center;&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
 &amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;! 주어 || 서술어 || 목적어&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
 &amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;|-&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
 &amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;| 연소답청 || -의 일부이다 || 신윤복필 풍속도 화첩 (申潤福筆 風俗圖 畵帖)&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
 &amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;|-&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
 &amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;| 신윤복필 풍속도 화첩 (申潤福筆 風俗圖 畵帖) || -에 소장되어있다 || 간송미술관&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
 &amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;|-&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
 &amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;| 신윤복필 풍속도 화첩 (申潤福筆 風俗圖 畵帖) || -에 포함된다 || 국보&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
 &amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;|}&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Template==&lt;br /&gt;
A template (called 틀 in Korean) is a pre-made form to display information using variables. This means it can be reused many times for different purposes in a more efficient way. For now, it is just important to know how to fill in a template. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The most common template is the infobox, found on the top right-hand side of many pages. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can find the template on other pages and copy-paste from there, or search for the template via the name &amp;quot;'''Template:Template Name Here'''&amp;quot; and there will usually be a set of text you can copy-paste onto the page you are editing. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 &amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;{{수강생정보&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
 &amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;|이름= &amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
 &amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;|한자= &amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
 &amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;|영문= &amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
 &amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;|소속= &amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
 &amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;|전공= &amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
 &amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;|사진= &amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
 &amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;|위키아이디= &amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
 &amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;|메일= &amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
 &amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;}}&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As shown in the example above, the template starts and ends with double brackets. On the first line is the name of the template. From the next line, each line starts with a vertical bar, followed by the name of a variable, and an equals sign. Following the equals sign, you can enter the information you want to appear in that part of the template, as shown below. You can also leave them blank if you need. The last line ends with double-brackets, closing the template. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 &amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;{{수강생정보&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
 &amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;|이름= 메리&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
 &amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;|한자= &amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
 &amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;|영문= Mary&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
 &amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;|소속= AKS&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
 &amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;|전공= History&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
 &amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;|사진= Mary.jpg&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
 &amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;|위키아이디= mary&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
 &amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;|메일= mary@aks.ac.kr&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
 &amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;}}&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Categories==&lt;br /&gt;
One of the most useful and important features of a wiki is the categories feature. Each page can be put into categories, and this allows them to be found in category pages with similar pages. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To add a page to a category, simply add the following to the bottom of the page:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 &amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;[[Catetory:Category Name]]&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
 &amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;OR&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
 &amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;[[분류:분류 이름]]&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Each page can have multiple categories. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
However, it is important to have a clear category organization system so that overlapping/duplicate categories are not made.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Citations and References==&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Further reading: [https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Help:Referencing_for_beginners Wikipedia Help:Referencing for Beginners]'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It is extremely important to include clear citations - where the information came from, i.e. information or media sources. To add a footnote, the reference tag can be used:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 &amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;Put the citation here!&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; &amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Such a reference will appear on the page like this.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;Sample references are the best!&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Then, at the bottom of the page, if you add the following tag, all the references on the page will appear listed in order as footnotes automatically:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 &amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;&amp;lt;references/&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You should be able to see the reference from the example above below, as I used the references tag below: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;references/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Further Reading==&lt;br /&gt;
*[http://digerati.aks.ac.kr/2016hanmun/wiki.pdf Wiki Syntax PPT for Hanmun Workshop 2016 (Kang, Hae-won and Lyndsey Twining)]&lt;br /&gt;
*[https://www.mediawiki.org/wiki/Category:Help MediaWiki Help Category]&lt;br /&gt;
*[https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Help:Cheatsheet Wikipedia Help:Cheatsheet]&lt;br /&gt;
*[https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Help:Wikitext Wikipedia Help:Wikitext]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Reference Material]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Lyndsey</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>http://dh.aks.ac.kr/~classics/wiki/index.php?title=NJ2018-2_Lyndsey&amp;diff=4063</id>
		<title>NJ2018-2 Lyndsey</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://dh.aks.ac.kr/~classics/wiki/index.php?title=NJ2018-2_Lyndsey&amp;diff=4063"/>
				<updated>2018-12-23T02:42:29Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Lyndsey: /* Future Work */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;For this final project, I investigated how to organized the various processes and steps of ''Nongsa jikseol''. This was challenging because the steps of one plant variety are dependent on the steps of other varieties, some varieties share some of the same processes but not others, some steps are conditional on certain events such as a particular date on the calendar or the growth of a plant to a certain height, etc. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
I was unable to add all the data for all of the crop varieties, but I have selected a few of the more tricky and complex cases to demonstrate how these can best be organized. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Below, first I list all of the various cultivation methods contained within the text. Then, I have included my suggested ontology (for just the elements relating to step order and timing - not tools, ways-of-doing the steps, rationales for the steps, or cautions) with some examples. Then I will explain the ontology and the reasons why I chose to structure it the ways I did.In closing, I will discuss the work left to be done in the future, and my general comments on the process of translating ''Nongsa jikseol'' into data. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Cultivation Methods==&lt;br /&gt;
{|class=&amp;quot;wikitable sortable&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;text-align:left&amp;quot; width=&amp;quot;80%&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
!style=&amp;quot;width:15%&amp;quot;| Method || style=&amp;quot;width:30%&amp;quot; | Crop Varieties || style=&amp;quot;width:30%&amp;quot; | Field Type ||style=&amp;quot;width:25%&amp;quot;| Explanation&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Hemp A ||Hemp|| ||&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Hemp B ||Hemp (late-sowing)|| ||&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Rice A ||Rice (early-sowing)||Dry field ||&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Rice B ||Rice (late-sowing)||Wet field ||&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Rice C ||Rice (late-sowing)||Dry field ||&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Rice D ||Rice (late-sowing)||Wet fields ||&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Rice E ||Rice (upland)|| ||&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Millet A||Proso millet (early-sowing)|| ||&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Millet B||Foxtail millet (early-sowing)|| ||&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Millet C||Proso millet (late-sowing)|| || &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Millet D||Foxtail millet (late-sowing)|| || &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Millet E||Proso millet (late-sowing quick-ripening)|| || &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Millet F||Foxtail millet (late-sowing quick-ripening)|| || &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Millet G||Sorguhum|| ||&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Barnyard Grass A||Barnyard grass|| ||&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Barnyard Grass B||Barnyard grass (late-sowing quick-ripening)|| || Double-crop with barley&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Beans A||Soy beans (early-sowing)|| ||&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Beans B||Soy beans (late-sowing)|| || Relay cropping&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Beans C||Soy beans (late-sowing)||Small field || Relay cropping&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Beans D||Red beans (early-sowing)|| ||&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Beans E||Red beans (late-sowing)|| || Relay cropping&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Beans F||Red beans (late-sowing)||Small field || Relay cropping&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Beans G||Mung beans|| ||&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Barley/Wheat A||Barley, wheat||Barley fields, wheat fields ||&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Barley/Wheat B||Barley, wheat||Proso millet fields, foxtail millet fields, soy bean fields, red bean fields, buckwheat fields || Relay cropping&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Barley/Wheat C||Barley, wheat||Barren fields ||&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Barley/Wheat D||Spring barley|| ||&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Sesame A||Sesame|| ||&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Sesame B||Sesame||Barley fields || Relay cropping&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Sesame C||Sesame|| || Alt - Planting sesame or mung beans first&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Sesame D||Perilla|| ||&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Buckwheat A||Buckwheat|| ||&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Buckwheat B||Buckwheat||Fertile soil from forests || Slash-and-burn&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Seed Prep A||All|| ||Post-harvest seed prep &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Seed Prep B||Buckwheat, millet (if barren), upland rice (if barren), rice (late-sowing, dry) || || Applying urinated ash&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Seed Prep C||Rice (early-sowing, dry), rice (transplanting) || ||Water soaking &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Soil Prep A|| ||Dry fields ||&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Soil Prep B|| ||Poor fields ||&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Soil Prep C|| ||Uncultivated land ||&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
*Total = 39&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Ontology==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Classes===&lt;br /&gt;
{|class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;text-align:left&amp;quot; width=&amp;quot;75%&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
!style=&amp;quot;width:5%&amp;quot;| Type ||style=&amp;quot;width:15%&amp;quot; |Class ||style=&amp;quot;width:80%&amp;quot;| Description&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Step||Soil Preparation||Field selection, plowing, tilling, etc. &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Step||Soil Fertilization||Fertilization of soil&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Step||Seed Preparation||Preparing the seeds for planting, such as rinsing them in water, covering them with fertilizer, etc.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Step||Sowing||Putting the seeds into the soil and manipulating the soil so that the seeds can be covered, etc.  &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Step||Weeding||Removing weeds from the soil by means of hand, hoe, ox, etc.  &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Step||Harvesting||Cutting or picking the ripe crops&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Time||Static Time||Timings based on the sun and moon (i.e. calendar time)&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Time||Dependent Time||Timings based on the things which have flexible or unpredictable lengths or occurrences, such as &amp;quot;when the plant grows three inches&amp;quot; or &amp;quot;when the snow melts&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Condition||Condition||Conditions under which a step is or is not performed that are not related to time&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Cultivation||Crop Variety||A crop variety&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Cultivation||Cultivation Method||Sometimes the same crop has an alternative method (such as relay cropping), which can be denoted with this crop method class&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Cultivation||Crop Field||The kind of field the crop is being planted in, i.e. what was formerly planted in the field, or dry/wet field (not field condition (barren, fertile, etc.)!)&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
*Other classes include tools, ways of doing (heavily, lightly, etc.), rationale for a step, and cautions for a step, however these were outside of my scope of this investigation which looked specifically at timing and performance of steps.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Relations===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{|class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;text-align:left&amp;quot; width=&amp;quot;75%&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
!style=&amp;quot;width:5%&amp;quot;| Relation ||style=&amp;quot;width:10%&amp;quot;|Domain ||style=&amp;quot;width:5%&amp;quot;|Range ||style=&amp;quot;width:85%&amp;quot;|Description&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|hasStep||crop method||step||Way to group the steps for a particular variety's normal method or special method&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|hasVariety||crop method||crop variety||Way to group the steps for a particular variety's normal method or special method&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|hasField||crop method||crop field||Way to group the steps for a particular variety's normal method or special method&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|then||step||step||Simple ordering of steps&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|doAfterThreeDays||step||step||Still a simple order but with a specific amount of time in between&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|doImmediately||step||step||Still a simple order but with a specific amount of time in between&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|doAtNight||step||step||Still a simple order but with a specific amount of time in between&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|doConcurrently||step||step, condition||When two processes happen at the same time, or when the step happens throughout the period of a particular condition&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|doWhen||step||time||Do the step when the time event occurs&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|doBefore||step||time||Do the step before the time event occurs&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|doAfter||step||time||Do the step after the time event occurs&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|idealTime||step||time||When there are multiple possible timings, this timing is best&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|okayTime||step||time||When there are multiple possible timings, this timing is acceptable &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|worstTime||step||time||When there are multiple possible timings, this timingis worst&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|doIf||step, crop||condition||Only do the step in this case&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|doNotDoIf||step, crop||condition||Do not do the step in this case&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
*This is not a comprehensive list as I have not been able to look at all of the crops in detail. It is an example of the kinds of time- and condition-related relations there could be.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Example Graphs==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*[[NJ2018-2_L_hemp1.lst]] - simple process&lt;br /&gt;
*[[NJ2018-2_L_sesame1.lst]] - show multiple methods for same crop variety&lt;br /&gt;
*[[NJ2018-2_L_beans1.lst]] - early sowing and late sowing varieties together (showing sharing of steps by different varieties)&lt;br /&gt;
*[[NJ2018-2_L_beans2.lst]] - one bean variety only&lt;br /&gt;
*[[NJ2018-2_L_beans3.lst]] - relay cropping&lt;br /&gt;
*[[NJ2018-2_L_barleywheat1.lst]] - farming in former barley/wheat fields&lt;br /&gt;
*[[NJ2018-2_L_barleywheat2.lst]] - farming in the fields of other crops&lt;br /&gt;
*[[NJ2018-2_L_barleywheat4.lst]] - cultivation methods for barley/wheat and their respective field types (there is no No. 3 by the way)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Explanation==&lt;br /&gt;
[[파일:steps.png|thumbnail|The basic possible relations of a given step]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[파일:step_options.png|thumbnail|When there are two options for a given step with different timings or conditions]]&lt;br /&gt;
There are largely four sets of relation types:&lt;br /&gt;
#Relations between steps and steps (order)&lt;br /&gt;
#Relations between steps and the cultivation method of which they are a part&lt;br /&gt;
#Relations between the cultivation method and the crop varieties and field types for which they apply&lt;br /&gt;
#Relations between steps and timings&lt;br /&gt;
#Relations between steps and conditions for when to do/not do the steps&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Excluded from this list are tools, cautions, rationales, and ways-of-doing.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Through drawing the graphs, I realized that often times, one variety will have multiple cultivation methods which often shared certain steps. Therefore, I realized I could not group all the steps by just the crop variety, or there would be no way to know which order of steps applies to which cultivation method. Therefore, I decided to connect each step to a cultivation method, and then connect this cultivation method to a variety(ies) and field type (as in relay cropping in the root-fields of other crops). This is shown as an example in [[NJ2018-2_L_barleywheat4.lst]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For example, you can seen in the barley/wheat examples ([[NJ2018-2_L_barleywheat1.lst]], [[NJ2018-2_L_barleywheat2.lst]]) that the first parts of the cultivation methods are different, but they share the parts of weeding and harvesting. Therefore, this reduces the number of nodes while still being able to query a particular cultivation method's entire process in order. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
However, you must be careful to not have two cultivation methods share the same node if the timing or condition is different. For example, both methods involve sowing by &amp;quot;scattering seeds&amp;quot; but if one is done &amp;quot;in the 5th month&amp;quot;, and the other &amp;quot;is done after burning the foliage of plants into ashes,&amp;quot; these steps should be distinguished as separate nodes. Otherwise, we cannot know which condition or timing applies to which cultivation method. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There was also the issue of relay cropping, in which the harvesting process of one crop is part of the soil fertilization step of another crop. In this case, it was realized that for relay crops there would be two &amp;quot;harvesting&amp;quot; steps - one the harvesting of the previous crop, and the other the harvesting of the current crop. The two different harvest steps would each have unique IDs, but how would the computer know which harvest is of crop? The computer only knows the harvest step is a part of two methods? I wondered whether the individual steps also needed variety labels - but that just makes the overall structure more confusing. I realized that which crop was being harvested in a step could be deciphered indirectly by the direction of the &amp;quot;then&amp;quot; arrows. If a harvesting step comes after a weeding step of a cultivation method, we know what is being harvested is the crop of that cultivation method. Conversely, if the harvesting comes before soil prep or sowing steps of a method, we can know it is the harvest of the crop in the other cultivation method the step is related to. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Regarding what to do about things like &amp;quot;wait three days&amp;quot; to do the next step, since the order of the steps is still just &amp;quot;A then B&amp;quot; I kept this as a relation rather than making it another node. If the timing is related not to a step, but to a solar/lunar time or a time that is uncontrollable to the farmer, then this was added as a node. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Also, through creating the sample graphs, I realized that the relation &amp;quot;or&amp;quot; as in, &amp;quot;For this step, do A or do B,&amp;quot; should not be used. The reason is as follows. For example, in the case of barley/wheat, it says &amp;quot;plow in the 5th or 6th months.&amp;quot; We may think to make make two relations, &amp;quot;plow--doWhen--5th month&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;plow--doWhen--6th month,&amp;quot; and then put an &amp;quot;or&amp;quot; relations between the months, like &amp;quot;5th month---or---6th month.&amp;quot; However, we do this, then for all other crops that use the 5th or 6th month, there will be an &amp;quot;or&amp;quot; relation in between the months. For example, if crop B says &amp;quot;plow in the 5th month&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;sow in the 6th month&amp;quot;, but this &amp;quot;or&amp;quot; relation is between them, it could look like &amp;quot;plow or sow,&amp;quot; which is not the intended meaning. Therefore, regarding time there are two options. One, create two steps, such as &amp;quot;plow and plow&amp;quot; and give each a different time, and then link them both to the previous and following steps, creating a kind of diamond shape. This can be seen in the case of [[NJ2018-2_L_barleywheat1.lst]], where there are three different possible sowing times with different conditions. Or, in the specific case of &amp;quot;plow in the 5th or 6th month,&amp;quot; this can be changed to &amp;quot;--doAfter--4th month&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;--doBefore--7th month&amp;quot; to denote the entire time span of the 5th and 6th months (which is what I did in the example above).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Future Work==&lt;br /&gt;
*After all the data for each crop method is added, it would have to be consolidated to cut out the redundant steps (but make sure to keep the steps distinct if there are different conditions/timings for a similar step).&lt;br /&gt;
*One of my goals was to create a kind of calendar of all the steps to understand the lives of farmers throughout the year. However, 1) I was not able to create the data for all the methods, and 2) I think I would have to put the data into Neo4J and use a very specific query in order to not make the network graph look like a jumbled mess. However, I did make a time table in Excel based on the cultivation methods listed above and the static time (lunar and solar dates) only (thus many steps which do not have a timing or for which the timing is dependent on another step whose timing is unclear are not included). It can be downloaded here: '''[[Media:NJtimetable.xlsx]]'''&lt;br /&gt;
*There are still some unclear aspects of the original text which need to be clarified. For example, in the section on [[NJ2018_Cultivating_Barley_and_Wheat|barley and wheat]], it says &amp;quot;薄田倍加布草, 如未及刈草, 用糞, 又如大小豆法。&amp;quot; This was translated into Korean as &amp;quot;척박한 밭에서는 풀을 두 배로 더 까는데, 만약 풀을 베지 못했다면 거름을 사용하며, 또한 대두, 소두의 재배법과 동일하다,&amp;quot; and in English as &amp;quot;For barren fields, spread twice the amount of weeds, and if the weeds could not be cut, use manure, or also, the method used for soybeans and red beans.&amp;quot; The English translation suggests &amp;quot;if there is not enough weeds, use manure, OR use the method of beans,&amp;quot; when really it means that this aforementioned fertilization step is &amp;quot;also the same as that of beans.&amp;quot; However, when we look at the bean land fertilization method, it just says, &amp;quot;田若塉薄, 用糞灰, 宜小不宜多。&amp;quot; So, is using &amp;quot;用糞灰&amp;quot; for &amp;quot;薄田&amp;quot; the part &amp;quot;又如大小豆法&amp;quot; that is referring to? Manure is also used for hemp, rice, millet and more; Sometime just as a part of the regular process and other times just in the case of barren land; sometimes the bunhoe is applied to the seeds directly before they are sowed, and other times it seems to be just put on the soil. This part in particular needs to be studied more carefully before the relationships between the cultivation methods of different crops can be fully understood.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==On Translating ''Nongsa jikseol'' into Data==&lt;br /&gt;
One of the most important reasons to translate the ''Nongsa jikseol'' into data is that though the process of making the information contained within the text computer-readable, the meanings become much clearer in a way that merely translating the Hanmun into Korean or English cannot accomplish. Furthermore, as the ''Nongsa jikseol'' is meant to be concise, different varieties and methods are grouped together. Through translating the text into data, these groupings need to be un-grouped and omissions need to be re-created in order for the complete structure to work.  This process of translating the information contained in the Hanmun into data is much more time consuming than merely translating it into Korean or English, and requires an overall understanding of the structure of the information contained within the text. Yet, by doing this work, it becomes easier to see the similarities and differences between cultivation methods.&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Lyndsey</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>http://dh.aks.ac.kr/~classics/wiki/index.php?title=NJ2018-2_Lyndsey&amp;diff=4062</id>
		<title>NJ2018-2 Lyndsey</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://dh.aks.ac.kr/~classics/wiki/index.php?title=NJ2018-2_Lyndsey&amp;diff=4062"/>
				<updated>2018-12-23T02:31:08Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Lyndsey: /* Ontology */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;For this final project, I investigated how to organized the various processes and steps of ''Nongsa jikseol''. This was challenging because the steps of one plant variety are dependent on the steps of other varieties, some varieties share some of the same processes but not others, some steps are conditional on certain events such as a particular date on the calendar or the growth of a plant to a certain height, etc. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
I was unable to add all the data for all of the crop varieties, but I have selected a few of the more tricky and complex cases to demonstrate how these can best be organized. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Below, first I list all of the various cultivation methods contained within the text. Then, I have included my suggested ontology (for just the elements relating to step order and timing - not tools, ways-of-doing the steps, rationales for the steps, or cautions) with some examples. Then I will explain the ontology and the reasons why I chose to structure it the ways I did.In closing, I will discuss the work left to be done in the future, and my general comments on the process of translating ''Nongsa jikseol'' into data. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Cultivation Methods==&lt;br /&gt;
{|class=&amp;quot;wikitable sortable&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;text-align:left&amp;quot; width=&amp;quot;80%&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
!style=&amp;quot;width:15%&amp;quot;| Method || style=&amp;quot;width:30%&amp;quot; | Crop Varieties || style=&amp;quot;width:30%&amp;quot; | Field Type ||style=&amp;quot;width:25%&amp;quot;| Explanation&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Hemp A ||Hemp|| ||&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Hemp B ||Hemp (late-sowing)|| ||&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Rice A ||Rice (early-sowing)||Dry field ||&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Rice B ||Rice (late-sowing)||Wet field ||&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Rice C ||Rice (late-sowing)||Dry field ||&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Rice D ||Rice (late-sowing)||Wet fields ||&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Rice E ||Rice (upland)|| ||&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Millet A||Proso millet (early-sowing)|| ||&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Millet B||Foxtail millet (early-sowing)|| ||&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Millet C||Proso millet (late-sowing)|| || &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Millet D||Foxtail millet (late-sowing)|| || &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Millet E||Proso millet (late-sowing quick-ripening)|| || &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Millet F||Foxtail millet (late-sowing quick-ripening)|| || &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Millet G||Sorguhum|| ||&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Barnyard Grass A||Barnyard grass|| ||&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Barnyard Grass B||Barnyard grass (late-sowing quick-ripening)|| || Double-crop with barley&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Beans A||Soy beans (early-sowing)|| ||&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Beans B||Soy beans (late-sowing)|| || Relay cropping&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Beans C||Soy beans (late-sowing)||Small field || Relay cropping&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Beans D||Red beans (early-sowing)|| ||&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Beans E||Red beans (late-sowing)|| || Relay cropping&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Beans F||Red beans (late-sowing)||Small field || Relay cropping&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Beans G||Mung beans|| ||&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Barley/Wheat A||Barley, wheat||Barley fields, wheat fields ||&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Barley/Wheat B||Barley, wheat||Proso millet fields, foxtail millet fields, soy bean fields, red bean fields, buckwheat fields || Relay cropping&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Barley/Wheat C||Barley, wheat||Barren fields ||&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Barley/Wheat D||Spring barley|| ||&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Sesame A||Sesame|| ||&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Sesame B||Sesame||Barley fields || Relay cropping&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Sesame C||Sesame|| || Alt - Planting sesame or mung beans first&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Sesame D||Perilla|| ||&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Buckwheat A||Buckwheat|| ||&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Buckwheat B||Buckwheat||Fertile soil from forests || Slash-and-burn&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Seed Prep A||All|| ||Post-harvest seed prep &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Seed Prep B||Buckwheat, millet (if barren), upland rice (if barren), rice (late-sowing, dry) || || Applying urinated ash&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Seed Prep C||Rice (early-sowing, dry), rice (transplanting) || ||Water soaking &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Soil Prep A|| ||Dry fields ||&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Soil Prep B|| ||Poor fields ||&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Soil Prep C|| ||Uncultivated land ||&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
*Total = 39&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Ontology==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Classes===&lt;br /&gt;
{|class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;text-align:left&amp;quot; width=&amp;quot;75%&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
!style=&amp;quot;width:5%&amp;quot;| Type ||style=&amp;quot;width:15%&amp;quot; |Class ||style=&amp;quot;width:80%&amp;quot;| Description&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Step||Soil Preparation||Field selection, plowing, tilling, etc. &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Step||Soil Fertilization||Fertilization of soil&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Step||Seed Preparation||Preparing the seeds for planting, such as rinsing them in water, covering them with fertilizer, etc.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Step||Sowing||Putting the seeds into the soil and manipulating the soil so that the seeds can be covered, etc.  &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Step||Weeding||Removing weeds from the soil by means of hand, hoe, ox, etc.  &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Step||Harvesting||Cutting or picking the ripe crops&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Time||Static Time||Timings based on the sun and moon (i.e. calendar time)&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Time||Dependent Time||Timings based on the things which have flexible or unpredictable lengths or occurrences, such as &amp;quot;when the plant grows three inches&amp;quot; or &amp;quot;when the snow melts&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Condition||Condition||Conditions under which a step is or is not performed that are not related to time&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Cultivation||Crop Variety||A crop variety&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Cultivation||Cultivation Method||Sometimes the same crop has an alternative method (such as relay cropping), which can be denoted with this crop method class&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Cultivation||Crop Field||The kind of field the crop is being planted in, i.e. what was formerly planted in the field, or dry/wet field (not field condition (barren, fertile, etc.)!)&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
*Other classes include tools, ways of doing (heavily, lightly, etc.), rationale for a step, and cautions for a step, however these were outside of my scope of this investigation which looked specifically at timing and performance of steps.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Relations===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{|class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;text-align:left&amp;quot; width=&amp;quot;75%&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
!style=&amp;quot;width:5%&amp;quot;| Relation ||style=&amp;quot;width:10%&amp;quot;|Domain ||style=&amp;quot;width:5%&amp;quot;|Range ||style=&amp;quot;width:85%&amp;quot;|Description&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|hasStep||crop method||step||Way to group the steps for a particular variety's normal method or special method&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|hasVariety||crop method||crop variety||Way to group the steps for a particular variety's normal method or special method&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|hasField||crop method||crop field||Way to group the steps for a particular variety's normal method or special method&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|then||step||step||Simple ordering of steps&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|doAfterThreeDays||step||step||Still a simple order but with a specific amount of time in between&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|doImmediately||step||step||Still a simple order but with a specific amount of time in between&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|doAtNight||step||step||Still a simple order but with a specific amount of time in between&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|doConcurrently||step||step, condition||When two processes happen at the same time, or when the step happens throughout the period of a particular condition&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|doWhen||step||time||Do the step when the time event occurs&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|doBefore||step||time||Do the step before the time event occurs&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|doAfter||step||time||Do the step after the time event occurs&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|idealTime||step||time||When there are multiple possible timings, this timing is best&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|okayTime||step||time||When there are multiple possible timings, this timing is acceptable &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|worstTime||step||time||When there are multiple possible timings, this timingis worst&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|doIf||step, crop||condition||Only do the step in this case&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|doNotDoIf||step, crop||condition||Do not do the step in this case&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
*This is not a comprehensive list as I have not been able to look at all of the crops in detail. It is an example of the kinds of time- and condition-related relations there could be.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Example Graphs==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*[[NJ2018-2_L_hemp1.lst]] - simple process&lt;br /&gt;
*[[NJ2018-2_L_sesame1.lst]] - show multiple methods for same crop variety&lt;br /&gt;
*[[NJ2018-2_L_beans1.lst]] - early sowing and late sowing varieties together (showing sharing of steps by different varieties)&lt;br /&gt;
*[[NJ2018-2_L_beans2.lst]] - one bean variety only&lt;br /&gt;
*[[NJ2018-2_L_beans3.lst]] - relay cropping&lt;br /&gt;
*[[NJ2018-2_L_barleywheat1.lst]] - farming in former barley/wheat fields&lt;br /&gt;
*[[NJ2018-2_L_barleywheat2.lst]] - farming in the fields of other crops&lt;br /&gt;
*[[NJ2018-2_L_barleywheat4.lst]] - cultivation methods for barley/wheat and their respective field types (there is no No. 3 by the way)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Explanation==&lt;br /&gt;
[[파일:steps.png|thumbnail|The basic possible relations of a given step]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[파일:step_options.png|thumbnail|When there are two options for a given step with different timings or conditions]]&lt;br /&gt;
There are largely four sets of relation types:&lt;br /&gt;
#Relations between steps and steps (order)&lt;br /&gt;
#Relations between steps and the cultivation method of which they are a part&lt;br /&gt;
#Relations between the cultivation method and the crop varieties and field types for which they apply&lt;br /&gt;
#Relations between steps and timings&lt;br /&gt;
#Relations between steps and conditions for when to do/not do the steps&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Excluded from this list are tools, cautions, rationales, and ways-of-doing.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Through drawing the graphs, I realized that often times, one variety will have multiple cultivation methods which often shared certain steps. Therefore, I realized I could not group all the steps by just the crop variety, or there would be no way to know which order of steps applies to which cultivation method. Therefore, I decided to connect each step to a cultivation method, and then connect this cultivation method to a variety(ies) and field type (as in relay cropping in the root-fields of other crops). This is shown as an example in [[NJ2018-2_L_barleywheat4.lst]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For example, you can seen in the barley/wheat examples ([[NJ2018-2_L_barleywheat1.lst]], [[NJ2018-2_L_barleywheat2.lst]]) that the first parts of the cultivation methods are different, but they share the parts of weeding and harvesting. Therefore, this reduces the number of nodes while still being able to query a particular cultivation method's entire process in order. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
However, you must be careful to not have two cultivation methods share the same node if the timing or condition is different. For example, both methods involve sowing by &amp;quot;scattering seeds&amp;quot; but if one is done &amp;quot;in the 5th month&amp;quot;, and the other &amp;quot;is done after burning the foliage of plants into ashes,&amp;quot; these steps should be distinguished as separate nodes. Otherwise, we cannot know which condition or timing applies to which cultivation method. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There was also the issue of relay cropping, in which the harvesting process of one crop is part of the soil fertilization step of another crop. In this case, it was realized that for relay crops there would be two &amp;quot;harvesting&amp;quot; steps - one the harvesting of the previous crop, and the other the harvesting of the current crop. The two different harvest steps would each have unique IDs, but how would the computer know which harvest is of crop? The computer only knows the harvest step is a part of two methods? I wondered whether the individual steps also needed variety labels - but that just makes the overall structure more confusing. I realized that which crop was being harvested in a step could be deciphered indirectly by the direction of the &amp;quot;then&amp;quot; arrows. If a harvesting step comes after a weeding step of a cultivation method, we know what is being harvested is the crop of that cultivation method. Conversely, if the harvesting comes before soil prep or sowing steps of a method, we can know it is the harvest of the crop in the other cultivation method the step is related to. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Regarding what to do about things like &amp;quot;wait three days&amp;quot; to do the next step, since the order of the steps is still just &amp;quot;A then B&amp;quot; I kept this as a relation rather than making it another node. If the timing is related not to a step, but to a solar/lunar time or a time that is uncontrollable to the farmer, then this was added as a node. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Also, through creating the sample graphs, I realized that the relation &amp;quot;or&amp;quot; as in, &amp;quot;For this step, do A or do B,&amp;quot; should not be used. The reason is as follows. For example, in the case of barley/wheat, it says &amp;quot;plow in the 5th or 6th months.&amp;quot; We may think to make make two relations, &amp;quot;plow--doWhen--5th month&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;plow--doWhen--6th month,&amp;quot; and then put an &amp;quot;or&amp;quot; relations between the months, like &amp;quot;5th month---or---6th month.&amp;quot; However, we do this, then for all other crops that use the 5th or 6th month, there will be an &amp;quot;or&amp;quot; relation in between the months. For example, if crop B says &amp;quot;plow in the 5th month&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;sow in the 6th month&amp;quot;, but this &amp;quot;or&amp;quot; relation is between them, it could look like &amp;quot;plow or sow,&amp;quot; which is not the intended meaning. Therefore, regarding time there are two options. One, create two steps, such as &amp;quot;plow and plow&amp;quot; and give each a different time, and then link them both to the previous and following steps, creating a kind of diamond shape. This can be seen in the case of [[NJ2018-2_L_barleywheat1.lst]], where there are three different possible sowing times with different conditions. Or, in the specific case of &amp;quot;plow in the 5th or 6th month,&amp;quot; this can be changed to &amp;quot;--doAfter--4th month&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;--doBefore--7th month&amp;quot; to denote the entire time span of the 5th and 6th months (which is what I did in the example above).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Future Work==&lt;br /&gt;
*After all the data for each crop method is added, it would have to be consolidated to cut out the redundant steps (but make sure to keep the steps distinct if there are different conditions/timings for a similar step).&lt;br /&gt;
*One of my goals was to create a kind of calendar of all the steps to understand the lives of farmers throughout the year. However, 1) I was not able to create the data for all the methods, and 2) I think I would have to put the data into Neo4J and use a very specific query in order to not make the network graph look like a jumbled mess. However, I did make a time table in Excel based on the cultivation methods listed above and the static time (lunar and solar dates) only (thus many steps which do not have a timing or for which the timing is dependent on another step whose timing is unclear are not included). It can be downloaded here: [[Media:NJtimetable.xlsx]]&lt;br /&gt;
*There are still some unclear aspects of the original text which need to be clarified. For example, in the section on [[NJ2018_Cultivating_Barley_and_Wheat|barley and wheat]], it says &amp;quot;薄田倍加布草, 如未及刈草, 用糞, 又如大小豆法。&amp;quot; This was translated into Korean as &amp;quot;척박한 밭에서는 풀을 두 배로 더 까는데, 만약 풀을 베지 못했다면 거름을 사용하며, 또한 대두, 소두의 재배법과 동일하다,&amp;quot; and in English as &amp;quot;For barren fields, spread twice the amount of weeds, and if the weeds could not be cut, use manure, or also, the method used for soybeans and red beans.&amp;quot; The English translation suggests &amp;quot;if there is not enough weeds, use manure, OR use the method of beans,&amp;quot; when really it means that this aforementioned fertilization step is &amp;quot;also the same as that of beans.&amp;quot; However, when we look at the bean land fertilization method, it just says, &amp;quot;田若塉薄, 用糞灰, 宜小不宜多。&amp;quot; So, is using &amp;quot;用糞灰&amp;quot; for &amp;quot;薄田&amp;quot; the part &amp;quot;又如大小豆法&amp;quot; that is referring to? Manure is also used for hemp, rice, millet and more; Sometime just as a part of the regular process and other times just in the case of barren land; sometimes the bunhoe is applied to the seeds directly before they are sowed, and other times it seems to be just put on the soil. This part in particular needs to be studied more carefully before the relationships between the cultivation methods of different crops can be fully understood.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==On Translating ''Nongsa jikseol'' into Data==&lt;br /&gt;
One of the most important reasons to translate the ''Nongsa jikseol'' into data is that though the process of making the information contained within the text computer-readable, the meanings become much clearer in a way that merely translating the Hanmun into Korean or English cannot accomplish. Furthermore, as the ''Nongsa jikseol'' is meant to be concise, different varieties and methods are grouped together. Through translating the text into data, these groupings need to be un-grouped and omissions need to be re-created in order for the complete structure to work.  This process of translating the information contained in the Hanmun into data is much more time consuming than merely translating it into Korean or English, and requires an overall understanding of the structure of the information contained within the text. Yet, by doing this work, it becomes easier to see the similarities and differences between cultivation methods.&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Lyndsey</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>http://dh.aks.ac.kr/~classics/wiki/index.php?title=NJ2018-2_Lyndsey&amp;diff=4061</id>
		<title>NJ2018-2 Lyndsey</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://dh.aks.ac.kr/~classics/wiki/index.php?title=NJ2018-2_Lyndsey&amp;diff=4061"/>
				<updated>2018-12-23T02:29:45Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Lyndsey: /* Cultivation Methods */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;For this final project, I investigated how to organized the various processes and steps of ''Nongsa jikseol''. This was challenging because the steps of one plant variety are dependent on the steps of other varieties, some varieties share some of the same processes but not others, some steps are conditional on certain events such as a particular date on the calendar or the growth of a plant to a certain height, etc. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
I was unable to add all the data for all of the crop varieties, but I have selected a few of the more tricky and complex cases to demonstrate how these can best be organized. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Below, first I list all of the various cultivation methods contained within the text. Then, I have included my suggested ontology (for just the elements relating to step order and timing - not tools, ways-of-doing the steps, rationales for the steps, or cautions) with some examples. Then I will explain the ontology and the reasons why I chose to structure it the ways I did.In closing, I will discuss the work left to be done in the future, and my general comments on the process of translating ''Nongsa jikseol'' into data. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Cultivation Methods==&lt;br /&gt;
{|class=&amp;quot;wikitable sortable&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;text-align:left&amp;quot; width=&amp;quot;80%&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
!style=&amp;quot;width:15%&amp;quot;| Method || style=&amp;quot;width:30%&amp;quot; | Crop Varieties || style=&amp;quot;width:30%&amp;quot; | Field Type ||style=&amp;quot;width:25%&amp;quot;| Explanation&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Hemp A ||Hemp|| ||&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Hemp B ||Hemp (late-sowing)|| ||&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Rice A ||Rice (early-sowing)||Dry field ||&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Rice B ||Rice (late-sowing)||Wet field ||&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Rice C ||Rice (late-sowing)||Dry field ||&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Rice D ||Rice (late-sowing)||Wet fields ||&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Rice E ||Rice (upland)|| ||&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Millet A||Proso millet (early-sowing)|| ||&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Millet B||Foxtail millet (early-sowing)|| ||&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Millet C||Proso millet (late-sowing)|| || &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Millet D||Foxtail millet (late-sowing)|| || &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Millet E||Proso millet (late-sowing quick-ripening)|| || &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Millet F||Foxtail millet (late-sowing quick-ripening)|| || &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Millet G||Sorguhum|| ||&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Barnyard Grass A||Barnyard grass|| ||&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Barnyard Grass B||Barnyard grass (late-sowing quick-ripening)|| || Double-crop with barley&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Beans A||Soy beans (early-sowing)|| ||&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Beans B||Soy beans (late-sowing)|| || Relay cropping&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Beans C||Soy beans (late-sowing)||Small field || Relay cropping&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Beans D||Red beans (early-sowing)|| ||&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Beans E||Red beans (late-sowing)|| || Relay cropping&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Beans F||Red beans (late-sowing)||Small field || Relay cropping&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Beans G||Mung beans|| ||&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Barley/Wheat A||Barley, wheat||Barley fields, wheat fields ||&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Barley/Wheat B||Barley, wheat||Proso millet fields, foxtail millet fields, soy bean fields, red bean fields, buckwheat fields || Relay cropping&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Barley/Wheat C||Barley, wheat||Barren fields ||&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Barley/Wheat D||Spring barley|| ||&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Sesame A||Sesame|| ||&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Sesame B||Sesame||Barley fields || Relay cropping&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Sesame C||Sesame|| || Alt - Planting sesame or mung beans first&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Sesame D||Perilla|| ||&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Buckwheat A||Buckwheat|| ||&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Buckwheat B||Buckwheat||Fertile soil from forests || Slash-and-burn&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Seed Prep A||All|| ||Post-harvest seed prep &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Seed Prep B||Buckwheat, millet (if barren), upland rice (if barren), rice (late-sowing, dry) || || Applying urinated ash&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Seed Prep C||Rice (early-sowing, dry), rice (transplanting) || ||Water soaking &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Soil Prep A|| ||Dry fields ||&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Soil Prep B|| ||Poor fields ||&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Soil Prep C|| ||Uncultivated land ||&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
*Total = 39&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Ontology==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Classes===&lt;br /&gt;
{|class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;text-align:left&amp;quot; width=&amp;quot;65%&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
!style=&amp;quot;width:5%&amp;quot;| Type ||style=&amp;quot;width:15%&amp;quot; |Class ||style=&amp;quot;width:80%&amp;quot;| Description&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Step||Soil Preparation||Field selection, plowing, tilling, etc. &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Step||Soil Fertilization||Fertilization of soil&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Step||Seed Preparation||Preparing the seeds for planting, such as rinsing them in water, covering them with fertilizer, etc.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Step||Sowing||Putting the seeds into the soil and manipulating the soil so that the seeds can be covered, etc.  &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Step||Weeding||Removing weeds from the soil by means of hand, hoe, ox, etc.  &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Step||Harvesting||Cutting or picking the ripe crops&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Time||Static Time||Timings based on the sun and moon (i.e. calendar time)&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Time||Dependent Time||Timings based on the things which have flexible or unpredictable lengths or occurrences, such as &amp;quot;when the plant grows three inches&amp;quot; or &amp;quot;when the snow melts&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Condition||Condition||Conditions under which a step is or is not performed that are not related to time&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Cultivation||Crop Variety||A crop variety&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Cultivation||Cultivation Method||Sometimes the same crop has an alternative method (such as relay cropping), which can be denoted with this crop method class&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Cultivation||Crop Field||The kind of field the crop is being planted in, i.e. what was formerly planted in the field, or dry/wet field (not field condition (barren, fertile, etc.)!)&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
*Other classes include tools, ways of doing (heavily, lightly, etc.), rationale for a step, and cautions for a step, however these were outside of my scope of this investigation which looked specifically at timing and performance of steps.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Relations===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{|class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;text-align:left&amp;quot; width=&amp;quot;75%&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
!style=&amp;quot;width:5%&amp;quot;| Relation ||style=&amp;quot;width:10%&amp;quot;|Domain ||style=&amp;quot;width:5%&amp;quot;|Range ||style=&amp;quot;width:85%&amp;quot;|Description&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|hasStep||crop method||step||Way to group the steps for a particular variety's normal method or special method&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|hasVariety||crop method||crop variety||Way to group the steps for a particular variety's normal method or special method&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|hasField||crop method||crop field||Way to group the steps for a particular variety's normal method or special method&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|then||step||step||Simple ordering of steps&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|doAfterThreeDays||step||step||Still a simple order but with a specific amount of time in between&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|doImmediately||step||step||Still a simple order but with a specific amount of time in between&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|doAtNight||step||step||Still a simple order but with a specific amount of time in between&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|doConcurrently||step||step, condition||When two processes happen at the same time, or when the step happens throughout the period of a particular condition&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|doWhen||step||time||Do the step when the time event occurs&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|doBefore||step||time||Do the step before the time event occurs&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|doAfter||step||time||Do the step after the time event occurs&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|idealTime||step||time||When there are multiple possible timings, this timing is best&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|okayTime||step||time||When there are multiple possible timings, this timing is acceptable &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|worstTime||step||time||When there are multiple possible timings, this timingis worst&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|doIf||step, crop||condition||Only do the step in this case&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|doNotDoIf||step, crop||condition||Do not do the step in this case&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
*This is not a comprehensive list as I have not been able to look at all of the crops in detail. It is an example of the kinds of time- and condition-related relations there could be.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Example Graphs==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*[[NJ2018-2_L_hemp1.lst]] - simple process&lt;br /&gt;
*[[NJ2018-2_L_sesame1.lst]] - show multiple methods for same crop variety&lt;br /&gt;
*[[NJ2018-2_L_beans1.lst]] - early sowing and late sowing varieties together (showing sharing of steps by different varieties)&lt;br /&gt;
*[[NJ2018-2_L_beans2.lst]] - one bean variety only&lt;br /&gt;
*[[NJ2018-2_L_beans3.lst]] - relay cropping&lt;br /&gt;
*[[NJ2018-2_L_barleywheat1.lst]] - farming in former barley/wheat fields&lt;br /&gt;
*[[NJ2018-2_L_barleywheat2.lst]] - farming in the fields of other crops&lt;br /&gt;
*[[NJ2018-2_L_barleywheat4.lst]] - cultivation methods for barley/wheat and their respective field types (there is no No. 3 by the way)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Explanation==&lt;br /&gt;
[[파일:steps.png|thumbnail|The basic possible relations of a given step]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[파일:step_options.png|thumbnail|When there are two options for a given step with different timings or conditions]]&lt;br /&gt;
There are largely four sets of relation types:&lt;br /&gt;
#Relations between steps and steps (order)&lt;br /&gt;
#Relations between steps and the cultivation method of which they are a part&lt;br /&gt;
#Relations between the cultivation method and the crop varieties and field types for which they apply&lt;br /&gt;
#Relations between steps and timings&lt;br /&gt;
#Relations between steps and conditions for when to do/not do the steps&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Excluded from this list are tools, cautions, rationales, and ways-of-doing.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Through drawing the graphs, I realized that often times, one variety will have multiple cultivation methods which often shared certain steps. Therefore, I realized I could not group all the steps by just the crop variety, or there would be no way to know which order of steps applies to which cultivation method. Therefore, I decided to connect each step to a cultivation method, and then connect this cultivation method to a variety(ies) and field type (as in relay cropping in the root-fields of other crops). This is shown as an example in [[NJ2018-2_L_barleywheat4.lst]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For example, you can seen in the barley/wheat examples ([[NJ2018-2_L_barleywheat1.lst]], [[NJ2018-2_L_barleywheat2.lst]]) that the first parts of the cultivation methods are different, but they share the parts of weeding and harvesting. Therefore, this reduces the number of nodes while still being able to query a particular cultivation method's entire process in order. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
However, you must be careful to not have two cultivation methods share the same node if the timing or condition is different. For example, both methods involve sowing by &amp;quot;scattering seeds&amp;quot; but if one is done &amp;quot;in the 5th month&amp;quot;, and the other &amp;quot;is done after burning the foliage of plants into ashes,&amp;quot; these steps should be distinguished as separate nodes. Otherwise, we cannot know which condition or timing applies to which cultivation method. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There was also the issue of relay cropping, in which the harvesting process of one crop is part of the soil fertilization step of another crop. In this case, it was realized that for relay crops there would be two &amp;quot;harvesting&amp;quot; steps - one the harvesting of the previous crop, and the other the harvesting of the current crop. The two different harvest steps would each have unique IDs, but how would the computer know which harvest is of crop? The computer only knows the harvest step is a part of two methods? I wondered whether the individual steps also needed variety labels - but that just makes the overall structure more confusing. I realized that which crop was being harvested in a step could be deciphered indirectly by the direction of the &amp;quot;then&amp;quot; arrows. If a harvesting step comes after a weeding step of a cultivation method, we know what is being harvested is the crop of that cultivation method. Conversely, if the harvesting comes before soil prep or sowing steps of a method, we can know it is the harvest of the crop in the other cultivation method the step is related to. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Regarding what to do about things like &amp;quot;wait three days&amp;quot; to do the next step, since the order of the steps is still just &amp;quot;A then B&amp;quot; I kept this as a relation rather than making it another node. If the timing is related not to a step, but to a solar/lunar time or a time that is uncontrollable to the farmer, then this was added as a node. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Also, through creating the sample graphs, I realized that the relation &amp;quot;or&amp;quot; as in, &amp;quot;For this step, do A or do B,&amp;quot; should not be used. The reason is as follows. For example, in the case of barley/wheat, it says &amp;quot;plow in the 5th or 6th months.&amp;quot; We may think to make make two relations, &amp;quot;plow--doWhen--5th month&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;plow--doWhen--6th month,&amp;quot; and then put an &amp;quot;or&amp;quot; relations between the months, like &amp;quot;5th month---or---6th month.&amp;quot; However, we do this, then for all other crops that use the 5th or 6th month, there will be an &amp;quot;or&amp;quot; relation in between the months. For example, if crop B says &amp;quot;plow in the 5th month&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;sow in the 6th month&amp;quot;, but this &amp;quot;or&amp;quot; relation is between them, it could look like &amp;quot;plow or sow,&amp;quot; which is not the intended meaning. Therefore, regarding time there are two options. One, create two steps, such as &amp;quot;plow and plow&amp;quot; and give each a different time, and then link them both to the previous and following steps, creating a kind of diamond shape. This can be seen in the case of [[NJ2018-2_L_barleywheat1.lst]], where there are three different possible sowing times with different conditions. Or, in the specific case of &amp;quot;plow in the 5th or 6th month,&amp;quot; this can be changed to &amp;quot;--doAfter--4th month&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;--doBefore--7th month&amp;quot; to denote the entire time span of the 5th and 6th months (which is what I did in the example above).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Future Work==&lt;br /&gt;
*After all the data for each crop method is added, it would have to be consolidated to cut out the redundant steps (but make sure to keep the steps distinct if there are different conditions/timings for a similar step).&lt;br /&gt;
*One of my goals was to create a kind of calendar of all the steps to understand the lives of farmers throughout the year. However, 1) I was not able to create the data for all the methods, and 2) I think I would have to put the data into Neo4J and use a very specific query in order to not make the network graph look like a jumbled mess. However, I did make a time table in Excel based on the cultivation methods listed above and the static time (lunar and solar dates) only (thus many steps which do not have a timing or for which the timing is dependent on another step whose timing is unclear are not included). It can be downloaded here: [[Media:NJtimetable.xlsx]]&lt;br /&gt;
*There are still some unclear aspects of the original text which need to be clarified. For example, in the section on [[NJ2018_Cultivating_Barley_and_Wheat|barley and wheat]], it says &amp;quot;薄田倍加布草, 如未及刈草, 用糞, 又如大小豆法。&amp;quot; This was translated into Korean as &amp;quot;척박한 밭에서는 풀을 두 배로 더 까는데, 만약 풀을 베지 못했다면 거름을 사용하며, 또한 대두, 소두의 재배법과 동일하다,&amp;quot; and in English as &amp;quot;For barren fields, spread twice the amount of weeds, and if the weeds could not be cut, use manure, or also, the method used for soybeans and red beans.&amp;quot; The English translation suggests &amp;quot;if there is not enough weeds, use manure, OR use the method of beans,&amp;quot; when really it means that this aforementioned fertilization step is &amp;quot;also the same as that of beans.&amp;quot; However, when we look at the bean land fertilization method, it just says, &amp;quot;田若塉薄, 用糞灰, 宜小不宜多。&amp;quot; So, is using &amp;quot;用糞灰&amp;quot; for &amp;quot;薄田&amp;quot; the part &amp;quot;又如大小豆法&amp;quot; that is referring to? Manure is also used for hemp, rice, millet and more; Sometime just as a part of the regular process and other times just in the case of barren land; sometimes the bunhoe is applied to the seeds directly before they are sowed, and other times it seems to be just put on the soil. This part in particular needs to be studied more carefully before the relationships between the cultivation methods of different crops can be fully understood.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==On Translating ''Nongsa jikseol'' into Data==&lt;br /&gt;
One of the most important reasons to translate the ''Nongsa jikseol'' into data is that though the process of making the information contained within the text computer-readable, the meanings become much clearer in a way that merely translating the Hanmun into Korean or English cannot accomplish. Furthermore, as the ''Nongsa jikseol'' is meant to be concise, different varieties and methods are grouped together. Through translating the text into data, these groupings need to be un-grouped and omissions need to be re-created in order for the complete structure to work.  This process of translating the information contained in the Hanmun into data is much more time consuming than merely translating it into Korean or English, and requires an overall understanding of the structure of the information contained within the text. Yet, by doing this work, it becomes easier to see the similarities and differences between cultivation methods.&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Lyndsey</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>http://dh.aks.ac.kr/~classics/wiki/index.php?title=NJ2018-2_Lyndsey&amp;diff=4060</id>
		<title>NJ2018-2 Lyndsey</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://dh.aks.ac.kr/~classics/wiki/index.php?title=NJ2018-2_Lyndsey&amp;diff=4060"/>
				<updated>2018-12-23T02:21:51Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Lyndsey: /* Cultivation Methods */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;For this final project, I investigated how to organized the various processes and steps of ''Nongsa jikseol''. This was challenging because the steps of one plant variety are dependent on the steps of other varieties, some varieties share some of the same processes but not others, some steps are conditional on certain events such as a particular date on the calendar or the growth of a plant to a certain height, etc. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
I was unable to add all the data for all of the crop varieties, but I have selected a few of the more tricky and complex cases to demonstrate how these can best be organized. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Below, first I list all of the various cultivation methods contained within the text. Then, I have included my suggested ontology (for just the elements relating to step order and timing - not tools, ways-of-doing the steps, rationales for the steps, or cautions) with some examples. Then I will explain the ontology and the reasons why I chose to structure it the ways I did.In closing, I will discuss the work left to be done in the future, and my general comments on the process of translating ''Nongsa jikseol'' into data. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Cultivation Methods==&lt;br /&gt;
{|class=&amp;quot;wikitable sortable&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;text-align:left&amp;quot; width=&amp;quot;80%&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
!style=&amp;quot;width:15%&amp;quot;| Method || style=&amp;quot;width:30%&amp;quot; | Crop Varieties || style=&amp;quot;width:30%&amp;quot; | Field Type ||style=&amp;quot;width:25%&amp;quot;| Explanation&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Hemp A ||Hemp|| ||&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Hemp B ||Hemp (late-sowing)|| ||&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Rice A ||Rice (early-sowing)||Dry field ||&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Rice B ||Rice (late-sowing)||Wet field ||&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Rice C ||Rice (late-sowing)||Dry field ||&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Rice D ||Rice (late-sowing)||Wet fields ||&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Rice E ||Rice (upland)|| ||&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Millet A||Proso millet (early-sowing)|| ||&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Millet B||Foxtail millet (early-sowing)|| ||&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Millet C||Proso millet (late-sowing)|| || &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Millet D||Foxtail millet (late-sowing)|| || &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Millet E||Proso millet (late-sowing quick ripening)|| || &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Millet F||Foxtail millet (late-sowing quick ripening)|| || &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Millet G||Sorguhum|| ||&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Barnyard Grass A||Barnyard grass|| ||&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Barnyard Grass B||Barnyard grass (late-sowing quick-ripening)|| || Double-crop with barley&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Beans A||Soy beans (early-sowing)|| ||&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Beans B||Soy beans (late-sowing)|| || Relay cropping&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Beans C||Soy beans (late-sowing)||Small field || Relay cropping&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Beans D||Red beans (early-sowing)|| ||&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Beans E||Red beans (late-sowing)|| || Relay cropping&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Beans F||Red beans (late-sowing)||Small field || Relay cropping&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Beans G||Mung beans|| ||&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Barley/Wheat A||Barley, wheat||Barley fields, wheat fields ||&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Barley/Wheat B||Barley, wheat||Proso millet fields, foxtail millet fields, soy bean fields, red bean fields, buckwheat fields || Relay cropping&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Barley/Wheat C||Barley, wheat||Barren fields ||&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Barley/Wheat D||Spring barley|| ||&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Sesame A||Sesame|| ||&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Sesame B||Sesame||Barley fields || Relay cropping&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Sesame C||Sesame|| || Alt - Planting sesame or mung beans first&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Sesame D||Perilla|| ||&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Buckwheat A||Buckwheat|| ||&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Buckwheat B||Buckwheat||Fertile soil from forests || Slash-and-burn&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Seed Prep A||All|| ||Post-harvest seed prep &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Seed Prep B||Buckwheat, millet (if barren), upland rice (if barren), rice (late-sowing, dry) || || Applying urinated ash&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Seed Prep C||Rice (early-sowing, dry), rice (transplanting) || ||Water soaking &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Soil Prep A|| ||Dry fields ||&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Soil Prep B|| ||Poor fields ||&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Soil Prep C|| ||Uncultivated land ||&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
*Total = 39&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Ontology==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Classes===&lt;br /&gt;
{|class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;text-align:left&amp;quot; width=&amp;quot;65%&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
!style=&amp;quot;width:5%&amp;quot;| Type ||style=&amp;quot;width:15%&amp;quot; |Class ||style=&amp;quot;width:80%&amp;quot;| Description&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Step||Soil Preparation||Field selection, plowing, tilling, etc. &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Step||Soil Fertilization||Fertilization of soil&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Step||Seed Preparation||Preparing the seeds for planting, such as rinsing them in water, covering them with fertilizer, etc.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Step||Sowing||Putting the seeds into the soil and manipulating the soil so that the seeds can be covered, etc.  &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Step||Weeding||Removing weeds from the soil by means of hand, hoe, ox, etc.  &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Step||Harvesting||Cutting or picking the ripe crops&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Time||Static Time||Timings based on the sun and moon (i.e. calendar time)&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Time||Dependent Time||Timings based on the things which have flexible or unpredictable lengths or occurrences, such as &amp;quot;when the plant grows three inches&amp;quot; or &amp;quot;when the snow melts&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Condition||Condition||Conditions under which a step is or is not performed that are not related to time&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Cultivation||Crop Variety||A crop variety&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Cultivation||Cultivation Method||Sometimes the same crop has an alternative method (such as relay cropping), which can be denoted with this crop method class&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Cultivation||Crop Field||The kind of field the crop is being planted in, i.e. what was formerly planted in the field, or dry/wet field (not field condition (barren, fertile, etc.)!)&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
*Other classes include tools, ways of doing (heavily, lightly, etc.), rationale for a step, and cautions for a step, however these were outside of my scope of this investigation which looked specifically at timing and performance of steps.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Relations===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{|class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;text-align:left&amp;quot; width=&amp;quot;75%&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
!style=&amp;quot;width:5%&amp;quot;| Relation ||style=&amp;quot;width:10%&amp;quot;|Domain ||style=&amp;quot;width:5%&amp;quot;|Range ||style=&amp;quot;width:85%&amp;quot;|Description&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|hasStep||crop method||step||Way to group the steps for a particular variety's normal method or special method&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|hasVariety||crop method||crop variety||Way to group the steps for a particular variety's normal method or special method&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|hasField||crop method||crop field||Way to group the steps for a particular variety's normal method or special method&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|then||step||step||Simple ordering of steps&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|doAfterThreeDays||step||step||Still a simple order but with a specific amount of time in between&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|doImmediately||step||step||Still a simple order but with a specific amount of time in between&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|doAtNight||step||step||Still a simple order but with a specific amount of time in between&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|doConcurrently||step||step, condition||When two processes happen at the same time, or when the step happens throughout the period of a particular condition&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|doWhen||step||time||Do the step when the time event occurs&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|doBefore||step||time||Do the step before the time event occurs&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|doAfter||step||time||Do the step after the time event occurs&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|idealTime||step||time||When there are multiple possible timings, this timing is best&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|okayTime||step||time||When there are multiple possible timings, this timing is acceptable &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|worstTime||step||time||When there are multiple possible timings, this timingis worst&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|doIf||step, crop||condition||Only do the step in this case&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|doNotDoIf||step, crop||condition||Do not do the step in this case&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
*This is not a comprehensive list as I have not been able to look at all of the crops in detail. It is an example of the kinds of time- and condition-related relations there could be.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Example Graphs==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*[[NJ2018-2_L_hemp1.lst]] - simple process&lt;br /&gt;
*[[NJ2018-2_L_sesame1.lst]] - show multiple methods for same crop variety&lt;br /&gt;
*[[NJ2018-2_L_beans1.lst]] - early sowing and late sowing varieties together (showing sharing of steps by different varieties)&lt;br /&gt;
*[[NJ2018-2_L_beans2.lst]] - one bean variety only&lt;br /&gt;
*[[NJ2018-2_L_beans3.lst]] - relay cropping&lt;br /&gt;
*[[NJ2018-2_L_barleywheat1.lst]] - farming in former barley/wheat fields&lt;br /&gt;
*[[NJ2018-2_L_barleywheat2.lst]] - farming in the fields of other crops&lt;br /&gt;
*[[NJ2018-2_L_barleywheat4.lst]] - cultivation methods for barley/wheat and their respective field types (there is no No. 3 by the way)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Explanation==&lt;br /&gt;
[[파일:steps.png|thumbnail|The basic possible relations of a given step]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[파일:step_options.png|thumbnail|When there are two options for a given step with different timings or conditions]]&lt;br /&gt;
There are largely four sets of relation types:&lt;br /&gt;
#Relations between steps and steps (order)&lt;br /&gt;
#Relations between steps and the cultivation method of which they are a part&lt;br /&gt;
#Relations between the cultivation method and the crop varieties and field types for which they apply&lt;br /&gt;
#Relations between steps and timings&lt;br /&gt;
#Relations between steps and conditions for when to do/not do the steps&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Excluded from this list are tools, cautions, rationales, and ways-of-doing.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Through drawing the graphs, I realized that often times, one variety will have multiple cultivation methods which often shared certain steps. Therefore, I realized I could not group all the steps by just the crop variety, or there would be no way to know which order of steps applies to which cultivation method. Therefore, I decided to connect each step to a cultivation method, and then connect this cultivation method to a variety(ies) and field type (as in relay cropping in the root-fields of other crops). This is shown as an example in [[NJ2018-2_L_barleywheat4.lst]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For example, you can seen in the barley/wheat examples ([[NJ2018-2_L_barleywheat1.lst]], [[NJ2018-2_L_barleywheat2.lst]]) that the first parts of the cultivation methods are different, but they share the parts of weeding and harvesting. Therefore, this reduces the number of nodes while still being able to query a particular cultivation method's entire process in order. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
However, you must be careful to not have two cultivation methods share the same node if the timing or condition is different. For example, both methods involve sowing by &amp;quot;scattering seeds&amp;quot; but if one is done &amp;quot;in the 5th month&amp;quot;, and the other &amp;quot;is done after burning the foliage of plants into ashes,&amp;quot; these steps should be distinguished as separate nodes. Otherwise, we cannot know which condition or timing applies to which cultivation method. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There was also the issue of relay cropping, in which the harvesting process of one crop is part of the soil fertilization step of another crop. In this case, it was realized that for relay crops there would be two &amp;quot;harvesting&amp;quot; steps - one the harvesting of the previous crop, and the other the harvesting of the current crop. The two different harvest steps would each have unique IDs, but how would the computer know which harvest is of crop? The computer only knows the harvest step is a part of two methods? I wondered whether the individual steps also needed variety labels - but that just makes the overall structure more confusing. I realized that which crop was being harvested in a step could be deciphered indirectly by the direction of the &amp;quot;then&amp;quot; arrows. If a harvesting step comes after a weeding step of a cultivation method, we know what is being harvested is the crop of that cultivation method. Conversely, if the harvesting comes before soil prep or sowing steps of a method, we can know it is the harvest of the crop in the other cultivation method the step is related to. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Regarding what to do about things like &amp;quot;wait three days&amp;quot; to do the next step, since the order of the steps is still just &amp;quot;A then B&amp;quot; I kept this as a relation rather than making it another node. If the timing is related not to a step, but to a solar/lunar time or a time that is uncontrollable to the farmer, then this was added as a node. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Also, through creating the sample graphs, I realized that the relation &amp;quot;or&amp;quot; as in, &amp;quot;For this step, do A or do B,&amp;quot; should not be used. The reason is as follows. For example, in the case of barley/wheat, it says &amp;quot;plow in the 5th or 6th months.&amp;quot; We may think to make make two relations, &amp;quot;plow--doWhen--5th month&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;plow--doWhen--6th month,&amp;quot; and then put an &amp;quot;or&amp;quot; relations between the months, like &amp;quot;5th month---or---6th month.&amp;quot; However, we do this, then for all other crops that use the 5th or 6th month, there will be an &amp;quot;or&amp;quot; relation in between the months. For example, if crop B says &amp;quot;plow in the 5th month&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;sow in the 6th month&amp;quot;, but this &amp;quot;or&amp;quot; relation is between them, it could look like &amp;quot;plow or sow,&amp;quot; which is not the intended meaning. Therefore, regarding time there are two options. One, create two steps, such as &amp;quot;plow and plow&amp;quot; and give each a different time, and then link them both to the previous and following steps, creating a kind of diamond shape. This can be seen in the case of [[NJ2018-2_L_barleywheat1.lst]], where there are three different possible sowing times with different conditions. Or, in the specific case of &amp;quot;plow in the 5th or 6th month,&amp;quot; this can be changed to &amp;quot;--doAfter--4th month&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;--doBefore--7th month&amp;quot; to denote the entire time span of the 5th and 6th months (which is what I did in the example above).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Future Work==&lt;br /&gt;
*After all the data for each crop method is added, it would have to be consolidated to cut out the redundant steps (but make sure to keep the steps distinct if there are different conditions/timings for a similar step).&lt;br /&gt;
*One of my goals was to create a kind of calendar of all the steps to understand the lives of farmers throughout the year. However, 1) I was not able to create the data for all the methods, and 2) I think I would have to put the data into Neo4J and use a very specific query in order to not make the network graph look like a jumbled mess. However, I did make a time table in Excel based on the cultivation methods listed above and the static time (lunar and solar dates) only (thus many steps which do not have a timing or for which the timing is dependent on another step whose timing is unclear are not included). It can be downloaded here: [[Media:NJtimetable.xlsx]]&lt;br /&gt;
*There are still some unclear aspects of the original text which need to be clarified. For example, in the section on [[NJ2018_Cultivating_Barley_and_Wheat|barley and wheat]], it says &amp;quot;薄田倍加布草, 如未及刈草, 用糞, 又如大小豆法。&amp;quot; This was translated into Korean as &amp;quot;척박한 밭에서는 풀을 두 배로 더 까는데, 만약 풀을 베지 못했다면 거름을 사용하며, 또한 대두, 소두의 재배법과 동일하다,&amp;quot; and in English as &amp;quot;For barren fields, spread twice the amount of weeds, and if the weeds could not be cut, use manure, or also, the method used for soybeans and red beans.&amp;quot; The English translation suggests &amp;quot;if there is not enough weeds, use manure, OR use the method of beans,&amp;quot; when really it means that this aforementioned fertilization step is &amp;quot;also the same as that of beans.&amp;quot; However, when we look at the bean land fertilization method, it just says, &amp;quot;田若塉薄, 用糞灰, 宜小不宜多。&amp;quot; So, is using &amp;quot;用糞灰&amp;quot; for &amp;quot;薄田&amp;quot; the part &amp;quot;又如大小豆法&amp;quot; that is referring to? Manure is also used for hemp, rice, millet and more; Sometime just as a part of the regular process and other times just in the case of barren land; sometimes the bunhoe is applied to the seeds directly before they are sowed, and other times it seems to be just put on the soil. This part in particular needs to be studied more carefully before the relationships between the cultivation methods of different crops can be fully understood.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==On Translating ''Nongsa jikseol'' into Data==&lt;br /&gt;
One of the most important reasons to translate the ''Nongsa jikseol'' into data is that though the process of making the information contained within the text computer-readable, the meanings become much clearer in a way that merely translating the Hanmun into Korean or English cannot accomplish. Furthermore, as the ''Nongsa jikseol'' is meant to be concise, different varieties and methods are grouped together. Through translating the text into data, these groupings need to be un-grouped and omissions need to be re-created in order for the complete structure to work.  This process of translating the information contained in the Hanmun into data is much more time consuming than merely translating it into Korean or English, and requires an overall understanding of the structure of the information contained within the text. Yet, by doing this work, it becomes easier to see the similarities and differences between cultivation methods.&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Lyndsey</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>http://dh.aks.ac.kr/~classics/wiki/index.php?title=NJ2018-2_Lyndsey&amp;diff=4059</id>
		<title>NJ2018-2 Lyndsey</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://dh.aks.ac.kr/~classics/wiki/index.php?title=NJ2018-2_Lyndsey&amp;diff=4059"/>
				<updated>2018-12-23T02:20:50Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Lyndsey: /* Future Work */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;For this final project, I investigated how to organized the various processes and steps of ''Nongsa jikseol''. This was challenging because the steps of one plant variety are dependent on the steps of other varieties, some varieties share some of the same processes but not others, some steps are conditional on certain events such as a particular date on the calendar or the growth of a plant to a certain height, etc. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
I was unable to add all the data for all of the crop varieties, but I have selected a few of the more tricky and complex cases to demonstrate how these can best be organized. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Below, first I list all of the various cultivation methods contained within the text. Then, I have included my suggested ontology (for just the elements relating to step order and timing - not tools, ways-of-doing the steps, rationales for the steps, or cautions) with some examples. Then I will explain the ontology and the reasons why I chose to structure it the ways I did.In closing, I will discuss the work left to be done in the future, and my general comments on the process of translating ''Nongsa jikseol'' into data. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Cultivation Methods==&lt;br /&gt;
{|class=&amp;quot;wikitable sortable&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;text-align:left&amp;quot; width=&amp;quot;70%&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
!style=&amp;quot;width:10%&amp;quot;| Method || style=&amp;quot;width:30%&amp;quot; | Crop Varieties || style=&amp;quot;width:30%&amp;quot; | Field Type ||style=&amp;quot;width:30%&amp;quot;| Explanation&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Hemp A ||Hemp|| ||&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Hemp B ||Hemp (late-sowing)|| ||&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Rice A ||Rice (early-sowing)||Dry field ||&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Rice B ||Rice (late-sowing)||Wet field ||&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Rice C ||Rice (late-sowing)||Dry field ||&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Rice D ||Rice (late-sowing)||Wet fields ||&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Rice E ||Rice (upland)|| ||&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Millet A||Proso millet (early-sowing)|| ||&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Millet B||Foxtail millet (early-sowing)|| ||&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Millet C||Proso millet (late-sowing)|| || &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Millet D||Foxtail millet (late-sowing)|| || &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Millet E||Proso millet (late-sowing quick ripening)|| || &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Millet F||Foxtail millet (late-sowing quick ripening)|| || &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Millet G||Sorguhum|| ||&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Barnyard Grass A||Barnyard grass|| ||&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Barnyard Grass B||Barnyard grass (late-sowing quick-ripening)|| || Double-crop with barley&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Beans A||Soy beans (early-sowing)|| ||&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Beans B||Soy beans (late-sowing)|| || Relay cropping&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Beans C||Soy beans (late-sowing)||Small field || Relay cropping&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Beans D||Red beans (early-sowing)|| ||&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Beans E||Red beans (late-sowing)|| || Relay cropping&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Beans F||Red beans (late-sowing)||Small field || Relay cropping&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Beans G||Mung beans|| ||&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Barley/Wheat A||Barley, wheat||Barley fields, wheat fields ||&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Barley/Wheat B||Barley, wheat||Proso millet fields, foxtail millet fields, soy bean fields, red bean fields, buckwheat fields || Relay cropping&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Barley/Wheat C||Barley, wheat||Barren fields ||&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Barley/Wheat D||Spring barley|| ||&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Sesame A||Sesame|| ||&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Sesame B||Sesame||Barley fields || Relay cropping&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Sesame C||Sesame|| || Alt - Planting sesame or mung beans first&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Sesame D||Perilla|| ||&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Buckwheat A||Buckwheat|| ||&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Buckwheat B||Buckwheat||Fertile soil from forests || Slash-and-burn&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Seed Prep A||All|| ||Post-harvest seed prep &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Seed Prep B||Buckwheat, millet (if barren), upland rice (if barren), rice (late-sowing, dry) || || Applying urinated ash&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Seed Prep C||Rice (early-sowing, dry), rice (transplanting) || ||Water soaking &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Soil Prep A|| ||Dry fields ||&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Soil Prep B|| ||Poor fields ||&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Soil Prep C|| ||Uncultivated land ||&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
*Total = 39&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Ontology==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Classes===&lt;br /&gt;
{|class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;text-align:left&amp;quot; width=&amp;quot;65%&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
!style=&amp;quot;width:5%&amp;quot;| Type ||style=&amp;quot;width:15%&amp;quot; |Class ||style=&amp;quot;width:80%&amp;quot;| Description&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Step||Soil Preparation||Field selection, plowing, tilling, etc. &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Step||Soil Fertilization||Fertilization of soil&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Step||Seed Preparation||Preparing the seeds for planting, such as rinsing them in water, covering them with fertilizer, etc.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Step||Sowing||Putting the seeds into the soil and manipulating the soil so that the seeds can be covered, etc.  &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Step||Weeding||Removing weeds from the soil by means of hand, hoe, ox, etc.  &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Step||Harvesting||Cutting or picking the ripe crops&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Time||Static Time||Timings based on the sun and moon (i.e. calendar time)&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Time||Dependent Time||Timings based on the things which have flexible or unpredictable lengths or occurrences, such as &amp;quot;when the plant grows three inches&amp;quot; or &amp;quot;when the snow melts&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Condition||Condition||Conditions under which a step is or is not performed that are not related to time&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Cultivation||Crop Variety||A crop variety&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Cultivation||Cultivation Method||Sometimes the same crop has an alternative method (such as relay cropping), which can be denoted with this crop method class&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Cultivation||Crop Field||The kind of field the crop is being planted in, i.e. what was formerly planted in the field, or dry/wet field (not field condition (barren, fertile, etc.)!)&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
*Other classes include tools, ways of doing (heavily, lightly, etc.), rationale for a step, and cautions for a step, however these were outside of my scope of this investigation which looked specifically at timing and performance of steps.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Relations===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{|class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;text-align:left&amp;quot; width=&amp;quot;75%&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
!style=&amp;quot;width:5%&amp;quot;| Relation ||style=&amp;quot;width:10%&amp;quot;|Domain ||style=&amp;quot;width:5%&amp;quot;|Range ||style=&amp;quot;width:85%&amp;quot;|Description&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|hasStep||crop method||step||Way to group the steps for a particular variety's normal method or special method&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|hasVariety||crop method||crop variety||Way to group the steps for a particular variety's normal method or special method&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|hasField||crop method||crop field||Way to group the steps for a particular variety's normal method or special method&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|then||step||step||Simple ordering of steps&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|doAfterThreeDays||step||step||Still a simple order but with a specific amount of time in between&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|doImmediately||step||step||Still a simple order but with a specific amount of time in between&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|doAtNight||step||step||Still a simple order but with a specific amount of time in between&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|doConcurrently||step||step, condition||When two processes happen at the same time, or when the step happens throughout the period of a particular condition&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|doWhen||step||time||Do the step when the time event occurs&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|doBefore||step||time||Do the step before the time event occurs&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|doAfter||step||time||Do the step after the time event occurs&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|idealTime||step||time||When there are multiple possible timings, this timing is best&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|okayTime||step||time||When there are multiple possible timings, this timing is acceptable &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|worstTime||step||time||When there are multiple possible timings, this timingis worst&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|doIf||step, crop||condition||Only do the step in this case&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|doNotDoIf||step, crop||condition||Do not do the step in this case&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
*This is not a comprehensive list as I have not been able to look at all of the crops in detail. It is an example of the kinds of time- and condition-related relations there could be.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Example Graphs==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*[[NJ2018-2_L_hemp1.lst]] - simple process&lt;br /&gt;
*[[NJ2018-2_L_sesame1.lst]] - show multiple methods for same crop variety&lt;br /&gt;
*[[NJ2018-2_L_beans1.lst]] - early sowing and late sowing varieties together (showing sharing of steps by different varieties)&lt;br /&gt;
*[[NJ2018-2_L_beans2.lst]] - one bean variety only&lt;br /&gt;
*[[NJ2018-2_L_beans3.lst]] - relay cropping&lt;br /&gt;
*[[NJ2018-2_L_barleywheat1.lst]] - farming in former barley/wheat fields&lt;br /&gt;
*[[NJ2018-2_L_barleywheat2.lst]] - farming in the fields of other crops&lt;br /&gt;
*[[NJ2018-2_L_barleywheat4.lst]] - cultivation methods for barley/wheat and their respective field types (there is no No. 3 by the way)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Explanation==&lt;br /&gt;
[[파일:steps.png|thumbnail|The basic possible relations of a given step]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[파일:step_options.png|thumbnail|When there are two options for a given step with different timings or conditions]]&lt;br /&gt;
There are largely four sets of relation types:&lt;br /&gt;
#Relations between steps and steps (order)&lt;br /&gt;
#Relations between steps and the cultivation method of which they are a part&lt;br /&gt;
#Relations between the cultivation method and the crop varieties and field types for which they apply&lt;br /&gt;
#Relations between steps and timings&lt;br /&gt;
#Relations between steps and conditions for when to do/not do the steps&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Excluded from this list are tools, cautions, rationales, and ways-of-doing.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Through drawing the graphs, I realized that often times, one variety will have multiple cultivation methods which often shared certain steps. Therefore, I realized I could not group all the steps by just the crop variety, or there would be no way to know which order of steps applies to which cultivation method. Therefore, I decided to connect each step to a cultivation method, and then connect this cultivation method to a variety(ies) and field type (as in relay cropping in the root-fields of other crops). This is shown as an example in [[NJ2018-2_L_barleywheat4.lst]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For example, you can seen in the barley/wheat examples ([[NJ2018-2_L_barleywheat1.lst]], [[NJ2018-2_L_barleywheat2.lst]]) that the first parts of the cultivation methods are different, but they share the parts of weeding and harvesting. Therefore, this reduces the number of nodes while still being able to query a particular cultivation method's entire process in order. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
However, you must be careful to not have two cultivation methods share the same node if the timing or condition is different. For example, both methods involve sowing by &amp;quot;scattering seeds&amp;quot; but if one is done &amp;quot;in the 5th month&amp;quot;, and the other &amp;quot;is done after burning the foliage of plants into ashes,&amp;quot; these steps should be distinguished as separate nodes. Otherwise, we cannot know which condition or timing applies to which cultivation method. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There was also the issue of relay cropping, in which the harvesting process of one crop is part of the soil fertilization step of another crop. In this case, it was realized that for relay crops there would be two &amp;quot;harvesting&amp;quot; steps - one the harvesting of the previous crop, and the other the harvesting of the current crop. The two different harvest steps would each have unique IDs, but how would the computer know which harvest is of crop? The computer only knows the harvest step is a part of two methods? I wondered whether the individual steps also needed variety labels - but that just makes the overall structure more confusing. I realized that which crop was being harvested in a step could be deciphered indirectly by the direction of the &amp;quot;then&amp;quot; arrows. If a harvesting step comes after a weeding step of a cultivation method, we know what is being harvested is the crop of that cultivation method. Conversely, if the harvesting comes before soil prep or sowing steps of a method, we can know it is the harvest of the crop in the other cultivation method the step is related to. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Regarding what to do about things like &amp;quot;wait three days&amp;quot; to do the next step, since the order of the steps is still just &amp;quot;A then B&amp;quot; I kept this as a relation rather than making it another node. If the timing is related not to a step, but to a solar/lunar time or a time that is uncontrollable to the farmer, then this was added as a node. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Also, through creating the sample graphs, I realized that the relation &amp;quot;or&amp;quot; as in, &amp;quot;For this step, do A or do B,&amp;quot; should not be used. The reason is as follows. For example, in the case of barley/wheat, it says &amp;quot;plow in the 5th or 6th months.&amp;quot; We may think to make make two relations, &amp;quot;plow--doWhen--5th month&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;plow--doWhen--6th month,&amp;quot; and then put an &amp;quot;or&amp;quot; relations between the months, like &amp;quot;5th month---or---6th month.&amp;quot; However, we do this, then for all other crops that use the 5th or 6th month, there will be an &amp;quot;or&amp;quot; relation in between the months. For example, if crop B says &amp;quot;plow in the 5th month&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;sow in the 6th month&amp;quot;, but this &amp;quot;or&amp;quot; relation is between them, it could look like &amp;quot;plow or sow,&amp;quot; which is not the intended meaning. Therefore, regarding time there are two options. One, create two steps, such as &amp;quot;plow and plow&amp;quot; and give each a different time, and then link them both to the previous and following steps, creating a kind of diamond shape. This can be seen in the case of [[NJ2018-2_L_barleywheat1.lst]], where there are three different possible sowing times with different conditions. Or, in the specific case of &amp;quot;plow in the 5th or 6th month,&amp;quot; this can be changed to &amp;quot;--doAfter--4th month&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;--doBefore--7th month&amp;quot; to denote the entire time span of the 5th and 6th months (which is what I did in the example above).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Future Work==&lt;br /&gt;
*After all the data for each crop method is added, it would have to be consolidated to cut out the redundant steps (but make sure to keep the steps distinct if there are different conditions/timings for a similar step).&lt;br /&gt;
*One of my goals was to create a kind of calendar of all the steps to understand the lives of farmers throughout the year. However, 1) I was not able to create the data for all the methods, and 2) I think I would have to put the data into Neo4J and use a very specific query in order to not make the network graph look like a jumbled mess. However, I did make a time table in Excel based on the cultivation methods listed above and the static time (lunar and solar dates) only (thus many steps which do not have a timing or for which the timing is dependent on another step whose timing is unclear are not included). It can be downloaded here: [[Media:NJtimetable.xlsx]]&lt;br /&gt;
*There are still some unclear aspects of the original text which need to be clarified. For example, in the section on [[NJ2018_Cultivating_Barley_and_Wheat|barley and wheat]], it says &amp;quot;薄田倍加布草, 如未及刈草, 用糞, 又如大小豆法。&amp;quot; This was translated into Korean as &amp;quot;척박한 밭에서는 풀을 두 배로 더 까는데, 만약 풀을 베지 못했다면 거름을 사용하며, 또한 대두, 소두의 재배법과 동일하다,&amp;quot; and in English as &amp;quot;For barren fields, spread twice the amount of weeds, and if the weeds could not be cut, use manure, or also, the method used for soybeans and red beans.&amp;quot; The English translation suggests &amp;quot;if there is not enough weeds, use manure, OR use the method of beans,&amp;quot; when really it means that this aforementioned fertilization step is &amp;quot;also the same as that of beans.&amp;quot; However, when we look at the bean land fertilization method, it just says, &amp;quot;田若塉薄, 用糞灰, 宜小不宜多。&amp;quot; So, is using &amp;quot;用糞灰&amp;quot; for &amp;quot;薄田&amp;quot; the part &amp;quot;又如大小豆法&amp;quot; that is referring to? Manure is also used for hemp, rice, millet and more; Sometime just as a part of the regular process and other times just in the case of barren land; sometimes the bunhoe is applied to the seeds directly before they are sowed, and other times it seems to be just put on the soil. This part in particular needs to be studied more carefully before the relationships between the cultivation methods of different crops can be fully understood.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==On Translating ''Nongsa jikseol'' into Data==&lt;br /&gt;
One of the most important reasons to translate the ''Nongsa jikseol'' into data is that though the process of making the information contained within the text computer-readable, the meanings become much clearer in a way that merely translating the Hanmun into Korean or English cannot accomplish. Furthermore, as the ''Nongsa jikseol'' is meant to be concise, different varieties and methods are grouped together. Through translating the text into data, these groupings need to be un-grouped and omissions need to be re-created in order for the complete structure to work.  This process of translating the information contained in the Hanmun into data is much more time consuming than merely translating it into Korean or English, and requires an overall understanding of the structure of the information contained within the text. Yet, by doing this work, it becomes easier to see the similarities and differences between cultivation methods.&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Lyndsey</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>http://dh.aks.ac.kr/~classics/wiki/index.php?title=%ED%8C%8C%EC%9D%BC:NJtimetable.xlsx&amp;diff=4058</id>
		<title>파일:NJtimetable.xlsx</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://dh.aks.ac.kr/~classics/wiki/index.php?title=%ED%8C%8C%EC%9D%BC:NJtimetable.xlsx&amp;diff=4058"/>
				<updated>2018-12-23T02:20:38Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Lyndsey: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Lyndsey</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>http://dh.aks.ac.kr/~classics/wiki/index.php?title=NJ2018-2_Lyndsey&amp;diff=4057</id>
		<title>NJ2018-2 Lyndsey</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://dh.aks.ac.kr/~classics/wiki/index.php?title=NJ2018-2_Lyndsey&amp;diff=4057"/>
				<updated>2018-12-23T02:20:02Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Lyndsey: /* Future Work */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;For this final project, I investigated how to organized the various processes and steps of ''Nongsa jikseol''. This was challenging because the steps of one plant variety are dependent on the steps of other varieties, some varieties share some of the same processes but not others, some steps are conditional on certain events such as a particular date on the calendar or the growth of a plant to a certain height, etc. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
I was unable to add all the data for all of the crop varieties, but I have selected a few of the more tricky and complex cases to demonstrate how these can best be organized. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Below, first I list all of the various cultivation methods contained within the text. Then, I have included my suggested ontology (for just the elements relating to step order and timing - not tools, ways-of-doing the steps, rationales for the steps, or cautions) with some examples. Then I will explain the ontology and the reasons why I chose to structure it the ways I did.In closing, I will discuss the work left to be done in the future, and my general comments on the process of translating ''Nongsa jikseol'' into data. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Cultivation Methods==&lt;br /&gt;
{|class=&amp;quot;wikitable sortable&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;text-align:left&amp;quot; width=&amp;quot;70%&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
!style=&amp;quot;width:10%&amp;quot;| Method || style=&amp;quot;width:30%&amp;quot; | Crop Varieties || style=&amp;quot;width:30%&amp;quot; | Field Type ||style=&amp;quot;width:30%&amp;quot;| Explanation&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Hemp A ||Hemp|| ||&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Hemp B ||Hemp (late-sowing)|| ||&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Rice A ||Rice (early-sowing)||Dry field ||&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Rice B ||Rice (late-sowing)||Wet field ||&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Rice C ||Rice (late-sowing)||Dry field ||&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Rice D ||Rice (late-sowing)||Wet fields ||&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Rice E ||Rice (upland)|| ||&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Millet A||Proso millet (early-sowing)|| ||&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Millet B||Foxtail millet (early-sowing)|| ||&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Millet C||Proso millet (late-sowing)|| || &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Millet D||Foxtail millet (late-sowing)|| || &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Millet E||Proso millet (late-sowing quick ripening)|| || &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Millet F||Foxtail millet (late-sowing quick ripening)|| || &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Millet G||Sorguhum|| ||&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Barnyard Grass A||Barnyard grass|| ||&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Barnyard Grass B||Barnyard grass (late-sowing quick-ripening)|| || Double-crop with barley&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Beans A||Soy beans (early-sowing)|| ||&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Beans B||Soy beans (late-sowing)|| || Relay cropping&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Beans C||Soy beans (late-sowing)||Small field || Relay cropping&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Beans D||Red beans (early-sowing)|| ||&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Beans E||Red beans (late-sowing)|| || Relay cropping&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Beans F||Red beans (late-sowing)||Small field || Relay cropping&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Beans G||Mung beans|| ||&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Barley/Wheat A||Barley, wheat||Barley fields, wheat fields ||&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Barley/Wheat B||Barley, wheat||Proso millet fields, foxtail millet fields, soy bean fields, red bean fields, buckwheat fields || Relay cropping&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Barley/Wheat C||Barley, wheat||Barren fields ||&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Barley/Wheat D||Spring barley|| ||&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Sesame A||Sesame|| ||&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Sesame B||Sesame||Barley fields || Relay cropping&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Sesame C||Sesame|| || Alt - Planting sesame or mung beans first&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Sesame D||Perilla|| ||&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Buckwheat A||Buckwheat|| ||&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Buckwheat B||Buckwheat||Fertile soil from forests || Slash-and-burn&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Seed Prep A||All|| ||Post-harvest seed prep &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Seed Prep B||Buckwheat, millet (if barren), upland rice (if barren), rice (late-sowing, dry) || || Applying urinated ash&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Seed Prep C||Rice (early-sowing, dry), rice (transplanting) || ||Water soaking &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Soil Prep A|| ||Dry fields ||&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Soil Prep B|| ||Poor fields ||&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Soil Prep C|| ||Uncultivated land ||&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
*Total = 39&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Ontology==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Classes===&lt;br /&gt;
{|class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;text-align:left&amp;quot; width=&amp;quot;65%&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
!style=&amp;quot;width:5%&amp;quot;| Type ||style=&amp;quot;width:15%&amp;quot; |Class ||style=&amp;quot;width:80%&amp;quot;| Description&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Step||Soil Preparation||Field selection, plowing, tilling, etc. &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Step||Soil Fertilization||Fertilization of soil&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Step||Seed Preparation||Preparing the seeds for planting, such as rinsing them in water, covering them with fertilizer, etc.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Step||Sowing||Putting the seeds into the soil and manipulating the soil so that the seeds can be covered, etc.  &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Step||Weeding||Removing weeds from the soil by means of hand, hoe, ox, etc.  &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Step||Harvesting||Cutting or picking the ripe crops&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Time||Static Time||Timings based on the sun and moon (i.e. calendar time)&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Time||Dependent Time||Timings based on the things which have flexible or unpredictable lengths or occurrences, such as &amp;quot;when the plant grows three inches&amp;quot; or &amp;quot;when the snow melts&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Condition||Condition||Conditions under which a step is or is not performed that are not related to time&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Cultivation||Crop Variety||A crop variety&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Cultivation||Cultivation Method||Sometimes the same crop has an alternative method (such as relay cropping), which can be denoted with this crop method class&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Cultivation||Crop Field||The kind of field the crop is being planted in, i.e. what was formerly planted in the field, or dry/wet field (not field condition (barren, fertile, etc.)!)&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
*Other classes include tools, ways of doing (heavily, lightly, etc.), rationale for a step, and cautions for a step, however these were outside of my scope of this investigation which looked specifically at timing and performance of steps.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Relations===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{|class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;text-align:left&amp;quot; width=&amp;quot;75%&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
!style=&amp;quot;width:5%&amp;quot;| Relation ||style=&amp;quot;width:10%&amp;quot;|Domain ||style=&amp;quot;width:5%&amp;quot;|Range ||style=&amp;quot;width:85%&amp;quot;|Description&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|hasStep||crop method||step||Way to group the steps for a particular variety's normal method or special method&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|hasVariety||crop method||crop variety||Way to group the steps for a particular variety's normal method or special method&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|hasField||crop method||crop field||Way to group the steps for a particular variety's normal method or special method&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|then||step||step||Simple ordering of steps&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|doAfterThreeDays||step||step||Still a simple order but with a specific amount of time in between&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|doImmediately||step||step||Still a simple order but with a specific amount of time in between&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|doAtNight||step||step||Still a simple order but with a specific amount of time in between&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|doConcurrently||step||step, condition||When two processes happen at the same time, or when the step happens throughout the period of a particular condition&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|doWhen||step||time||Do the step when the time event occurs&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|doBefore||step||time||Do the step before the time event occurs&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|doAfter||step||time||Do the step after the time event occurs&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|idealTime||step||time||When there are multiple possible timings, this timing is best&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|okayTime||step||time||When there are multiple possible timings, this timing is acceptable &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|worstTime||step||time||When there are multiple possible timings, this timingis worst&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|doIf||step, crop||condition||Only do the step in this case&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|doNotDoIf||step, crop||condition||Do not do the step in this case&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
*This is not a comprehensive list as I have not been able to look at all of the crops in detail. It is an example of the kinds of time- and condition-related relations there could be.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Example Graphs==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*[[NJ2018-2_L_hemp1.lst]] - simple process&lt;br /&gt;
*[[NJ2018-2_L_sesame1.lst]] - show multiple methods for same crop variety&lt;br /&gt;
*[[NJ2018-2_L_beans1.lst]] - early sowing and late sowing varieties together (showing sharing of steps by different varieties)&lt;br /&gt;
*[[NJ2018-2_L_beans2.lst]] - one bean variety only&lt;br /&gt;
*[[NJ2018-2_L_beans3.lst]] - relay cropping&lt;br /&gt;
*[[NJ2018-2_L_barleywheat1.lst]] - farming in former barley/wheat fields&lt;br /&gt;
*[[NJ2018-2_L_barleywheat2.lst]] - farming in the fields of other crops&lt;br /&gt;
*[[NJ2018-2_L_barleywheat4.lst]] - cultivation methods for barley/wheat and their respective field types (there is no No. 3 by the way)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Explanation==&lt;br /&gt;
[[파일:steps.png|thumbnail|The basic possible relations of a given step]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[파일:step_options.png|thumbnail|When there are two options for a given step with different timings or conditions]]&lt;br /&gt;
There are largely four sets of relation types:&lt;br /&gt;
#Relations between steps and steps (order)&lt;br /&gt;
#Relations between steps and the cultivation method of which they are a part&lt;br /&gt;
#Relations between the cultivation method and the crop varieties and field types for which they apply&lt;br /&gt;
#Relations between steps and timings&lt;br /&gt;
#Relations between steps and conditions for when to do/not do the steps&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Excluded from this list are tools, cautions, rationales, and ways-of-doing.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Through drawing the graphs, I realized that often times, one variety will have multiple cultivation methods which often shared certain steps. Therefore, I realized I could not group all the steps by just the crop variety, or there would be no way to know which order of steps applies to which cultivation method. Therefore, I decided to connect each step to a cultivation method, and then connect this cultivation method to a variety(ies) and field type (as in relay cropping in the root-fields of other crops). This is shown as an example in [[NJ2018-2_L_barleywheat4.lst]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For example, you can seen in the barley/wheat examples ([[NJ2018-2_L_barleywheat1.lst]], [[NJ2018-2_L_barleywheat2.lst]]) that the first parts of the cultivation methods are different, but they share the parts of weeding and harvesting. Therefore, this reduces the number of nodes while still being able to query a particular cultivation method's entire process in order. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
However, you must be careful to not have two cultivation methods share the same node if the timing or condition is different. For example, both methods involve sowing by &amp;quot;scattering seeds&amp;quot; but if one is done &amp;quot;in the 5th month&amp;quot;, and the other &amp;quot;is done after burning the foliage of plants into ashes,&amp;quot; these steps should be distinguished as separate nodes. Otherwise, we cannot know which condition or timing applies to which cultivation method. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There was also the issue of relay cropping, in which the harvesting process of one crop is part of the soil fertilization step of another crop. In this case, it was realized that for relay crops there would be two &amp;quot;harvesting&amp;quot; steps - one the harvesting of the previous crop, and the other the harvesting of the current crop. The two different harvest steps would each have unique IDs, but how would the computer know which harvest is of crop? The computer only knows the harvest step is a part of two methods? I wondered whether the individual steps also needed variety labels - but that just makes the overall structure more confusing. I realized that which crop was being harvested in a step could be deciphered indirectly by the direction of the &amp;quot;then&amp;quot; arrows. If a harvesting step comes after a weeding step of a cultivation method, we know what is being harvested is the crop of that cultivation method. Conversely, if the harvesting comes before soil prep or sowing steps of a method, we can know it is the harvest of the crop in the other cultivation method the step is related to. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Regarding what to do about things like &amp;quot;wait three days&amp;quot; to do the next step, since the order of the steps is still just &amp;quot;A then B&amp;quot; I kept this as a relation rather than making it another node. If the timing is related not to a step, but to a solar/lunar time or a time that is uncontrollable to the farmer, then this was added as a node. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Also, through creating the sample graphs, I realized that the relation &amp;quot;or&amp;quot; as in, &amp;quot;For this step, do A or do B,&amp;quot; should not be used. The reason is as follows. For example, in the case of barley/wheat, it says &amp;quot;plow in the 5th or 6th months.&amp;quot; We may think to make make two relations, &amp;quot;plow--doWhen--5th month&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;plow--doWhen--6th month,&amp;quot; and then put an &amp;quot;or&amp;quot; relations between the months, like &amp;quot;5th month---or---6th month.&amp;quot; However, we do this, then for all other crops that use the 5th or 6th month, there will be an &amp;quot;or&amp;quot; relation in between the months. For example, if crop B says &amp;quot;plow in the 5th month&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;sow in the 6th month&amp;quot;, but this &amp;quot;or&amp;quot; relation is between them, it could look like &amp;quot;plow or sow,&amp;quot; which is not the intended meaning. Therefore, regarding time there are two options. One, create two steps, such as &amp;quot;plow and plow&amp;quot; and give each a different time, and then link them both to the previous and following steps, creating a kind of diamond shape. This can be seen in the case of [[NJ2018-2_L_barleywheat1.lst]], where there are three different possible sowing times with different conditions. Or, in the specific case of &amp;quot;plow in the 5th or 6th month,&amp;quot; this can be changed to &amp;quot;--doAfter--4th month&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;--doBefore--7th month&amp;quot; to denote the entire time span of the 5th and 6th months (which is what I did in the example above).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Future Work==&lt;br /&gt;
*After all the data for each crop method is added, it would have to be consolidated to cut out the redundant steps (but make sure to keep the steps distinct if there are different conditions/timings for a similar step).&lt;br /&gt;
*One of my goals was to create a kind of calendar of all the steps to understand the lives of farmers throughout the year. However, 1) I was not able to create the data for all the methods, and 2) I think I would have to put the data into Neo4J and use a very specific query in order to not make the network graph look like a jumbled mess. However, I did make a time table in Excel based on the cultivation methods listed above and the static time (lunar and solar dates) only (thus many steps which do not have a timing or for which the timing is dependent on another step whose timing is unclear are not included). It can be downloaded here: [[Media:NJtimetable.xlxs]]&lt;br /&gt;
*There are still some unclear aspects of the original text which need to be clarified. For example, in the section on [[NJ2018_Cultivating_Barley_and_Wheat|barley and wheat]], it says &amp;quot;薄田倍加布草, 如未及刈草, 用糞, 又如大小豆法。&amp;quot; This was translated into Korean as &amp;quot;척박한 밭에서는 풀을 두 배로 더 까는데, 만약 풀을 베지 못했다면 거름을 사용하며, 또한 대두, 소두의 재배법과 동일하다,&amp;quot; and in English as &amp;quot;For barren fields, spread twice the amount of weeds, and if the weeds could not be cut, use manure, or also, the method used for soybeans and red beans.&amp;quot; The English translation suggests &amp;quot;if there is not enough weeds, use manure, OR use the method of beans,&amp;quot; when really it means that this aforementioned fertilization step is &amp;quot;also the same as that of beans.&amp;quot; However, when we look at the bean land fertilization method, it just says, &amp;quot;田若塉薄, 用糞灰, 宜小不宜多。&amp;quot; So, is using &amp;quot;用糞灰&amp;quot; for &amp;quot;薄田&amp;quot; the part &amp;quot;又如大小豆法&amp;quot; that is referring to? Manure is also used for hemp, rice, millet and more; Sometime just as a part of the regular process and other times just in the case of barren land; sometimes the bunhoe is applied to the seeds directly before they are sowed, and other times it seems to be just put on the soil. This part in particular needs to be studied more carefully before the relationships between the cultivation methods of different crops can be fully understood.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==On Translating ''Nongsa jikseol'' into Data==&lt;br /&gt;
One of the most important reasons to translate the ''Nongsa jikseol'' into data is that though the process of making the information contained within the text computer-readable, the meanings become much clearer in a way that merely translating the Hanmun into Korean or English cannot accomplish. Furthermore, as the ''Nongsa jikseol'' is meant to be concise, different varieties and methods are grouped together. Through translating the text into data, these groupings need to be un-grouped and omissions need to be re-created in order for the complete structure to work.  This process of translating the information contained in the Hanmun into data is much more time consuming than merely translating it into Korean or English, and requires an overall understanding of the structure of the information contained within the text. Yet, by doing this work, it becomes easier to see the similarities and differences between cultivation methods.&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Lyndsey</name></author>	</entry>

	</feed>